diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml')
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml | 7418 |
1 files changed, 7418 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bead56c --- /dev/null +++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,7418 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" | ||
3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > | ||
4 | |||
5 | <chapter id='extendpoky'> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <title>Common Tasks</title> | ||
8 | <para> | ||
9 | This chapter describes fundamental procedures such as creating layers, | ||
10 | adding new software packages, extending or customizing images, | ||
11 | porting work to new hardware (adding a new machine), and so forth. | ||
12 | You will find that the procedures documented here occur often in the | ||
13 | development cycle using the Yocto Project. | ||
14 | </para> | ||
15 | |||
16 | <section id="understanding-and-creating-layers"> | ||
17 | <title>Understanding and Creating Layers</title> | ||
18 | |||
19 | <para> | ||
20 | The OpenEmbedded build system supports organizing | ||
21 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> into multiple layers. | ||
22 | Layers allow you to isolate different types of customizations from | ||
23 | each other. | ||
24 | You might find it tempting to keep everything in one layer when | ||
25 | working on a single project. | ||
26 | However, the more modular your Metadata, the easier | ||
27 | it is to cope with future changes. | ||
28 | </para> | ||
29 | |||
30 | <para> | ||
31 | To illustrate how layers are used to keep things modular, consider | ||
32 | machine customizations. | ||
33 | These types of customizations typically reside in a special layer, | ||
34 | rather than a general layer, called a Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
35 | Layer. | ||
36 | Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from | ||
37 | recipes and Metadata that support a new GUI environment, | ||
38 | for example. | ||
39 | This situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine | ||
40 | configurations, and one for the GUI environment. | ||
41 | It is important to understand, however, that the BSP layer can | ||
42 | still make machine-specific additions to recipes within the GUI | ||
43 | environment layer without polluting the GUI layer itself | ||
44 | with those machine-specific changes. | ||
45 | You can accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append | ||
46 | (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file, which is described later | ||
47 | in this section. | ||
48 | </para> | ||
49 | |||
50 | <para> | ||
51 | </para> | ||
52 | |||
53 | <section id='yocto-project-layers'> | ||
54 | <title>Layers</title> | ||
55 | |||
56 | <para> | ||
57 | The <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
58 | contains both general layers and BSP | ||
59 | layers right out of the box. | ||
60 | You can easily identify layers that ship with a | ||
61 | Yocto Project release in the Source Directory by their | ||
62 | folder names. | ||
63 | Folders that represent layers typically have names that begin with | ||
64 | the string <filename>meta-</filename>. | ||
65 | <note> | ||
66 | It is not a requirement that a layer name begin with the | ||
67 | prefix <filename>meta-</filename>, but it is a commonly | ||
68 | accepted standard in the Yocto Project community. | ||
69 | </note> | ||
70 | For example, when you set up the Source Directory structure, | ||
71 | you will see several layers: | ||
72 | <filename>meta</filename>, | ||
73 | <filename>meta-skeleton</filename>, | ||
74 | <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and | ||
75 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename>. | ||
76 | Each of these folders represents a distinct layer. | ||
77 | </para> | ||
78 | |||
79 | <para> | ||
80 | As another example, if you set up a local copy of the | ||
81 | <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git repository | ||
82 | and then explore the folder of that general layer, | ||
83 | you will discover many Intel-specific BSP layers inside. | ||
84 | For more information on BSP layers, see the | ||
85 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>" | ||
86 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
87 | Developer's Guide. | ||
88 | </para> | ||
89 | </section> | ||
90 | |||
91 | <section id='creating-your-own-layer'> | ||
92 | <title>Creating Your Own Layer</title> | ||
93 | |||
94 | <para> | ||
95 | It is very easy to create your own layers to use with the | ||
96 | OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
97 | The Yocto Project ships with scripts that speed up creating | ||
98 | general layers and BSP layers. | ||
99 | This section describes the steps you perform by hand to create | ||
100 | a layer so that you can better understand them. | ||
101 | For information about the layer-creation scripts, see the | ||
102 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>" | ||
103 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) | ||
104 | Developer's Guide and the | ||
105 | "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>" | ||
106 | section further down in this manual. | ||
107 | </para> | ||
108 | |||
109 | <para> | ||
110 | Follow these general steps to create your layer: | ||
111 | <orderedlist> | ||
112 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Check Existing Layers:</emphasis> | ||
113 | Before creating a new layer, you should be sure someone | ||
114 | has not already created a layer containing the Metadata | ||
115 | you need. | ||
116 | You can see the | ||
117 | <ulink url='http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/layers/'><filename>OpenEmbedded Metadata Index</filename></ulink> | ||
118 | for a list of layers from the OpenEmbedded community | ||
119 | that can be used in the Yocto Project. | ||
120 | </para></listitem> | ||
121 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Directory:</emphasis> | ||
122 | Create the directory for your layer. | ||
123 | While not strictly required, prepend the name of the | ||
124 | folder with the string <filename>meta-</filename>. | ||
125 | For example: | ||
126 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
127 | meta-mylayer | ||
128 | meta-GUI_xyz | ||
129 | meta-mymachine | ||
130 | </literallayout> | ||
131 | </para></listitem> | ||
132 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Layer Configuration | ||
133 | File:</emphasis> | ||
134 | Inside your new layer folder, you need to create a | ||
135 | <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
136 | It is easiest to take an existing layer configuration | ||
137 | file and copy that to your layer's | ||
138 | <filename>conf</filename> directory and then modify the | ||
139 | file as needed.</para> | ||
140 | <para>The | ||
141 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp/conf/layer.conf</filename> file | ||
142 | demonstrates the required syntax: | ||
143 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
144 | # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH | ||
145 | BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}" | ||
146 | |||
147 | # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES | ||
148 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \ | ||
149 | ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend" | ||
150 | |||
151 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "yoctobsp" | ||
152 | BBFILE_PATTERN_yoctobsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/" | ||
153 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_yoctobsp = "5" | ||
154 | LAYERVERSION_yoctobsp = "2" | ||
155 | </literallayout></para> | ||
156 | <para>Here is an explanation of the example: | ||
157 | <itemizedlist> | ||
158 | <listitem><para>The configuration and | ||
159 | classes directory is appended to | ||
160 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink>. | ||
161 | <note> | ||
162 | All non-distro layers, which include all BSP | ||
163 | layers, are expected to append the layer | ||
164 | directory to the | ||
165 | <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
166 | On the other hand, distro layers, such as | ||
167 | <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, can choose | ||
168 | to enforce their own precedence over | ||
169 | <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
170 | For an example of that syntax, see the | ||
171 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file for | ||
172 | the <filename>meta-yocto</filename> layer. | ||
173 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
174 | <listitem><para>The recipes for the layers are | ||
175 | appended to | ||
176 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILES'>BBFILES</ulink></filename>. | ||
177 | </para></listitem> | ||
178 | <listitem><para>The | ||
179 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_COLLECTIONS'>BBFILE_COLLECTIONS</ulink></filename> | ||
180 | variable is then appended with the layer name. | ||
181 | </para></listitem> | ||
182 | <listitem><para>The | ||
183 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PATTERN'>BBFILE_PATTERN</ulink></filename> | ||
184 | variable is set to a regular expression and is | ||
185 | used to match files from | ||
186 | <filename>BBFILES</filename> into a particular | ||
187 | layer. | ||
188 | In this case, | ||
189 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename> | ||
190 | is used to make <filename>BBFILE_PATTERN</filename> match within the | ||
191 | layer's path.</para></listitem> | ||
192 | <listitem><para>The | ||
193 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'>BBFILE_PRIORITY</ulink></filename> | ||
194 | variable then assigns a priority to the layer. | ||
195 | Applying priorities is useful in situations | ||
196 | where the same package might appear in multiple | ||
197 | layers and allows you to choose the layer | ||
198 | that takes precedence.</para></listitem> | ||
199 | <listitem><para>The | ||
200 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERVERSION'>LAYERVERSION</ulink></filename> | ||
201 | variable optionally specifies the version of a | ||
202 | layer as a single number.</para></listitem> | ||
203 | </itemizedlist></para> | ||
204 | <para>Note the use of the | ||
205 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename> | ||
206 | variable, which expands to the directory of the current | ||
207 | layer.</para> | ||
208 | <para>Through the use of the <filename>BBPATH</filename> | ||
209 | variable, BitBake locates class files | ||
210 | (<filename>.bbclass</filename>), | ||
211 | configuration files, and files that are included | ||
212 | with <filename>include</filename> and | ||
213 | <filename>require</filename> statements. | ||
214 | For these cases, BitBake uses the first file that | ||
215 | matches the name found in <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
216 | This is similar to the way the <filename>PATH</filename> | ||
217 | variable is used for binaries. | ||
218 | It is recommended, therefore, that you use unique | ||
219 | class and configuration | ||
220 | filenames in your custom layer.</para></listitem> | ||
221 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add Content:</emphasis> Depending | ||
222 | on the type of layer, add the content. | ||
223 | If the layer adds support for a machine, add the machine | ||
224 | configuration in a <filename>conf/machine/</filename> | ||
225 | file within the layer. | ||
226 | If the layer adds distro policy, add the distro | ||
227 | configuration in a <filename>conf/distro/</filename> | ||
228 | file within the layer. | ||
229 | If the layer introduces new recipes, put the recipes | ||
230 | you need in <filename>recipes-*</filename> | ||
231 | subdirectories within the layer. | ||
232 | <note>In order to be compliant with the Yocto Project, | ||
233 | a layer must contain a | ||
234 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-filelayout-readme'>README file.</ulink> | ||
235 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
236 | </orderedlist> | ||
237 | </para> | ||
238 | </section> | ||
239 | |||
240 | <section id='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'> | ||
241 | <title>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</title> | ||
242 | |||
243 | <para> | ||
244 | To create layers that are easier to maintain and that will | ||
245 | not impact builds for other machines, you should consider the | ||
246 | information in the following sections. | ||
247 | </para> | ||
248 | |||
249 | <section id='avoid-overlaying-entire-recipes'> | ||
250 | <title>Avoid "Overlaying" Entire Recipes</title> | ||
251 | |||
252 | <para> | ||
253 | Avoid "overlaying" entire recipes from other layers in your | ||
254 | configuration. | ||
255 | In other words, do not copy an entire recipe into your | ||
256 | layer and then modify it. | ||
257 | Rather, use an append file (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) | ||
258 | to override | ||
259 | only those parts of the original recipe you need to modify. | ||
260 | </para> | ||
261 | </section> | ||
262 | |||
263 | <section id='avoid-duplicating-include-files'> | ||
264 | <title>Avoid Duplicating Include Files</title> | ||
265 | |||
266 | <para> | ||
267 | Avoid duplicating include files. | ||
268 | Use append files (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) | ||
269 | for each recipe | ||
270 | that uses an include file. | ||
271 | Or, if you are introducing a new recipe that requires | ||
272 | the included file, use the path relative to the original | ||
273 | layer directory to refer to the file. | ||
274 | For example, use | ||
275 | <filename>require recipes-core/somepackage/somefile.inc</filename> | ||
276 | instead of <filename>require somefile.inc</filename>. | ||
277 | If you're finding you have to overlay the include file, | ||
278 | it could indicate a deficiency in the include file in | ||
279 | the layer to which it originally belongs. | ||
280 | If this is the case, you need to address that deficiency | ||
281 | instead of overlaying the include file. | ||
282 | </para> | ||
283 | |||
284 | <para> | ||
285 | For example, consider how support plug-ins for the Qt 4 | ||
286 | database are configured. | ||
287 | The Source Directory does not have MySQL or PostgreSQL. | ||
288 | However, OpenEmbedded's layer <filename>meta-oe</filename> | ||
289 | does. | ||
290 | Consequently, <filename>meta-oe</filename> uses | ||
291 | append files to modify the | ||
292 | <filename>QT_SQL_DRIVER_FLAGS</filename> variable to | ||
293 | enable the appropriate plug-ins. | ||
294 | This variable was added to the <filename>qt4.inc</filename> | ||
295 | include file in the Source Directory specifically to allow | ||
296 | the <filename>meta-oe</filename> layer to be able to control | ||
297 | which plug-ins are built. | ||
298 | </para> | ||
299 | </section> | ||
300 | |||
301 | <section id='structure-your-layers'> | ||
302 | <title>Structure Your Layers</title> | ||
303 | |||
304 | <para> | ||
305 | Proper use of overrides within append files and placement | ||
306 | of machine-specific files within your layer can ensure that | ||
307 | a build is not using the wrong Metadata and negatively | ||
308 | impacting a build for a different machine. | ||
309 | Following are some examples: | ||
310 | <itemizedlist> | ||
311 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Modifying Variables to Support | ||
312 | a Different Machine:</emphasis> | ||
313 | Suppose you have a layer named | ||
314 | <filename>meta-one</filename> that adds support | ||
315 | for building machine "one". | ||
316 | To do so, you use an append file named | ||
317 | <filename>base-files.bbappend</filename> and | ||
318 | create a dependency on "foo" by altering the | ||
319 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
320 | variable: | ||
321 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
322 | DEPENDS = "foo" | ||
323 | </literallayout> | ||
324 | The dependency is created during any build that | ||
325 | includes the layer | ||
326 | <filename>meta-one</filename>. | ||
327 | However, you might not want this dependency | ||
328 | for all machines. | ||
329 | For example, suppose you are building for | ||
330 | machine "two" but your | ||
331 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file has the | ||
332 | <filename>meta-one</filename> layer included. | ||
333 | During the build, the | ||
334 | <filename>base-files</filename> for machine | ||
335 | "two" will also have the dependency on | ||
336 | <filename>foo</filename>.</para> | ||
337 | <para>To make sure your changes apply only when | ||
338 | building machine "one", use a machine override | ||
339 | with the <filename>DEPENDS</filename> statement: | ||
340 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
341 | DEPENDS_one = "foo" | ||
342 | </literallayout> | ||
343 | You should follow the same strategy when using | ||
344 | <filename>_append</filename> and | ||
345 | <filename>_prepend</filename> operations: | ||
346 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
347 | DEPENDS_append_one = " foo" | ||
348 | DEPENDS_prepend_one = "foo " | ||
349 | </literallayout> | ||
350 | <note> | ||
351 | Avoiding "+=" and "=+" and using | ||
352 | machine-specific | ||
353 | <filename>_append</filename> | ||
354 | and <filename>_prepend</filename> operations | ||
355 | is recommended as well. | ||
356 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
357 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Place Machine-Specific Files | ||
358 | in Machine-Specific Locations:</emphasis> | ||
359 | When you have a base recipe, such as | ||
360 | <filename>base-files.bb</filename>, that | ||
361 | contains a | ||
362 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
363 | statement to a file, you can use an append file | ||
364 | to cause the build to use your own version of | ||
365 | the file. | ||
366 | For example, an append file in your layer at | ||
367 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files.bbappend</filename> | ||
368 | could extend | ||
369 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
370 | using | ||
371 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
372 | as follows: | ||
373 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
374 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${BPN}:" | ||
375 | </literallayout> | ||
376 | The build for machine "one" will pick up your | ||
377 | machine-specific file as long as you have the | ||
378 | file in | ||
379 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename>. | ||
380 | However, if you are building for a different | ||
381 | machine and the | ||
382 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file includes | ||
383 | the <filename>meta-one</filename> layer and | ||
384 | the location of your machine-specific file is | ||
385 | the first location where that file is found | ||
386 | according to <filename>FILESPATH</filename>, | ||
387 | builds for all machines will also use that | ||
388 | machine-specific file.</para> | ||
389 | <para>You can make sure that a machine-specific | ||
390 | file is used for a particular machine by putting | ||
391 | the file in a subdirectory specific to the | ||
392 | machine. | ||
393 | For example, rather than placing the file in | ||
394 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename> | ||
395 | as shown above, put it in | ||
396 | <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/one/</filename>. | ||
397 | Not only does this make sure the file is used | ||
398 | only when building for machine "one", but the | ||
399 | build process locates the file more quickly.</para> | ||
400 | <para>In summary, you need to place all files | ||
401 | referenced from <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
402 | in a machine-specific subdirectory within the | ||
403 | layer in order to restrict those files to | ||
404 | machine-specific builds.</para></listitem> | ||
405 | </itemizedlist> | ||
406 | </para> | ||
407 | </section> | ||
408 | |||
409 | <section id='other-recommendations'> | ||
410 | <title>Other Recommendations</title> | ||
411 | |||
412 | <para> | ||
413 | We also recommend the following: | ||
414 | <itemizedlist> | ||
415 | <listitem><para>Store custom layers in a Git repository | ||
416 | that uses the | ||
417 | <filename>meta-<layer_name></filename> format. | ||
418 | </para></listitem> | ||
419 | <listitem><para>Clone the repository alongside other | ||
420 | <filename>meta</filename> directories in the | ||
421 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
422 | </para></listitem> | ||
423 | </itemizedlist> | ||
424 | Following these recommendations keeps your Source Directory and | ||
425 | its configuration entirely inside the Yocto Project's core | ||
426 | base. | ||
427 | </para> | ||
428 | </section> | ||
429 | </section> | ||
430 | |||
431 | <section id='enabling-your-layer'> | ||
432 | <title>Enabling Your Layer</title> | ||
433 | |||
434 | <para> | ||
435 | Before the OpenEmbedded build system can use your new layer, | ||
436 | you need to enable it. | ||
437 | To enable your layer, simply add your layer's path to the | ||
438 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'>BBLAYERS</ulink></filename> | ||
439 | variable in your <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file, | ||
440 | which is found in the | ||
441 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
442 | The following example shows how to enable a layer named | ||
443 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename>: | ||
444 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
445 | LCONF_VERSION = "6" | ||
446 | |||
447 | BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}" | ||
448 | BBFILES ?= "" | ||
449 | |||
450 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
451 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
452 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
453 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
454 | $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \ | ||
455 | " | ||
456 | |||
457 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
458 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
459 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
460 | " | ||
461 | </literallayout> | ||
462 | </para> | ||
463 | |||
464 | <para> | ||
465 | BitBake parses each <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file | ||
466 | as specified in the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable | ||
467 | within the <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file. | ||
468 | During the processing of each | ||
469 | <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file, BitBake adds the | ||
470 | recipes, classes and configurations contained within the | ||
471 | particular layer to the source directory. | ||
472 | </para> | ||
473 | </section> | ||
474 | |||
475 | <section id='using-bbappend-files'> | ||
476 | <title>Using .bbappend Files</title> | ||
477 | |||
478 | <para> | ||
479 | Recipes used to append Metadata to other recipes are called | ||
480 | BitBake append files. | ||
481 | BitBake append files use the <filename>.bbappend</filename> file | ||
482 | type suffix, while the corresponding recipes to which Metadata | ||
483 | is being appended use the <filename>.bb</filename> file type | ||
484 | suffix. | ||
485 | </para> | ||
486 | |||
487 | <para> | ||
488 | A <filename>.bbappend</filename> file allows your layer to make | ||
489 | additions or changes to the content of another layer's recipe | ||
490 | without having to copy the other recipe into your layer. | ||
491 | Your <filename>.bbappend</filename> file resides in your layer, | ||
492 | while the main <filename>.bb</filename> recipe file to | ||
493 | which you are appending Metadata resides in a different layer. | ||
494 | </para> | ||
495 | |||
496 | <para> | ||
497 | Append files must have the same root names as their corresponding | ||
498 | recipes. | ||
499 | For example, the append file | ||
500 | <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bbappend</filename> must apply to | ||
501 | <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bb</filename>. | ||
502 | This means the original recipe and append file names are version | ||
503 | number-specific. | ||
504 | If the corresponding recipe is renamed to update to a newer | ||
505 | version, the corresponding <filename>.bbappend</filename> file must | ||
506 | be renamed (and possibly updated) as well. | ||
507 | During the build process, BitBake displays an error on starting | ||
508 | if it detects a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file that does | ||
509 | not have a corresponding recipe with a matching name. | ||
510 | See the | ||
511 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY'><filename>BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY</filename></ulink> | ||
512 | variable for information on how to handle this error. | ||
513 | </para> | ||
514 | |||
515 | <para> | ||
516 | Being able to append information to an existing recipe not only | ||
517 | avoids duplication, but also automatically applies recipe | ||
518 | changes in a different layer to your layer. | ||
519 | If you were copying recipes, you would have to manually merge | ||
520 | changes as they occur. | ||
521 | </para> | ||
522 | |||
523 | <para> | ||
524 | As an example, consider the main formfactor recipe and a | ||
525 | corresponding formfactor append file both from the | ||
526 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
527 | Here is the main formfactor recipe, which is named | ||
528 | <filename>formfactor_0.0.bb</filename> and located in the | ||
529 | "meta" layer at | ||
530 | <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>: | ||
531 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
532 | SUMMARY = "Device formfactor information" | ||
533 | SECTION = "base" | ||
534 | LICENSE = "MIT" | ||
535 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COREBASE}/LICENSE;md5=4d92cd373abda3937c2bc47fbc49d690 \ | ||
536 | file://${COREBASE}/meta/COPYING.MIT;md5=3da9cfbcb788c80a0384361b4de20420" | ||
537 | PR = "r44" | ||
538 | |||
539 | SRC_URI = "file://config file://machconfig" | ||
540 | S = "${WORKDIR}" | ||
541 | |||
542 | PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" | ||
543 | INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS = "1" | ||
544 | |||
545 | do_install() { | ||
546 | # Only install file if it has a contents | ||
547 | install -d ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
548 | install -m 0644 ${S}/config ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
549 | if [ -s "${S}/machconfig" ]; then | ||
550 | install -m 0644 ${S}/machconfig ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/ | ||
551 | fi | ||
552 | } | ||
553 | </literallayout> | ||
554 | In the main recipe, note the | ||
555 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
556 | variable, which tells the OpenEmbedded build system where to | ||
557 | find files during the build. | ||
558 | </para> | ||
559 | |||
560 | <para> | ||
561 | Following is the append file, which is named | ||
562 | <filename>formfactor_0.0.bbappend</filename> and is from the | ||
563 | Crown Bay BSP Layer named | ||
564 | <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay</filename>. | ||
565 | The file is in <filename>recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>: | ||
566 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
567 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | ||
568 | </literallayout> | ||
569 | </para> | ||
570 | |||
571 | <para> | ||
572 | By default, the build system uses the | ||
573 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
574 | variable to locate files. | ||
575 | This append file extends the locations by setting the | ||
576 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
577 | variable. | ||
578 | Setting this variable in the <filename>.bbappend</filename> | ||
579 | file is the most reliable and recommended method for adding | ||
580 | directories to the search path used by the build system | ||
581 | to find files. | ||
582 | </para> | ||
583 | |||
584 | <para> | ||
585 | The statement in this example extends the directories to include | ||
586 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-THISDIR'><filename>THISDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}/${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
587 | which resolves to a directory named | ||
588 | <filename>formfactor</filename> in the same directory | ||
589 | in which the append file resides (i.e. | ||
590 | <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor</filename>. | ||
591 | This implies that you must have the supporting directory | ||
592 | structure set up that will contain any files or patches you | ||
593 | will be including from the layer. | ||
594 | </para> | ||
595 | |||
596 | <para> | ||
597 | Using the immediate expansion assignment operator | ||
598 | <filename>:=</filename> is important because of the reference to | ||
599 | <filename>THISDIR</filename>. | ||
600 | The trailing colon character is important as it ensures that | ||
601 | items in the list remain colon-separated. | ||
602 | <note> | ||
603 | <para> | ||
604 | BitBake automatically defines the | ||
605 | <filename>THISDIR</filename> variable. | ||
606 | You should never set this variable yourself. | ||
607 | Using "_prepend" ensures your path will | ||
608 | be searched prior to other paths in the final list. | ||
609 | </para> | ||
610 | |||
611 | <para> | ||
612 | Also, not all append files add extra files. | ||
613 | Many append files simply exist to add build options | ||
614 | (e.g. <filename>systemd</filename>). | ||
615 | For these cases, it is not necessary to use the | ||
616 | "_prepend" part of the statement. | ||
617 | </para> | ||
618 | </note> | ||
619 | </para> | ||
620 | </section> | ||
621 | |||
622 | <section id='prioritizing-your-layer'> | ||
623 | <title>Prioritizing Your Layer</title> | ||
624 | |||
625 | <para> | ||
626 | Each layer is assigned a priority value. | ||
627 | Priority values control which layer takes precedence if there | ||
628 | are recipe files with the same name in multiple layers. | ||
629 | For these cases, the recipe file from the layer with a higher | ||
630 | priority number takes precedence. | ||
631 | Priority values also affect the order in which multiple | ||
632 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files for the same recipe are | ||
633 | applied. | ||
634 | You can either specify the priority manually, or allow the | ||
635 | build system to calculate it based on the layer's dependencies. | ||
636 | </para> | ||
637 | |||
638 | <para> | ||
639 | To specify the layer's priority manually, use the | ||
640 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'><filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename></ulink> | ||
641 | variable. | ||
642 | For example: | ||
643 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
644 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "1" | ||
645 | </literallayout> | ||
646 | </para> | ||
647 | |||
648 | <note> | ||
649 | <para>It is possible for a recipe with a lower version number | ||
650 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
651 | in a layer that has a higher priority to take precedence.</para> | ||
652 | <para>Also, the layer priority does not currently affect the | ||
653 | precedence order of <filename>.conf</filename> | ||
654 | or <filename>.bbclass</filename> files. | ||
655 | Future versions of BitBake might address this.</para> | ||
656 | </note> | ||
657 | </section> | ||
658 | |||
659 | <section id='managing-layers'> | ||
660 | <title>Managing Layers</title> | ||
661 | |||
662 | <para> | ||
663 | You can use the BitBake layer management tool to provide a view | ||
664 | into the structure of recipes across a multi-layer project. | ||
665 | Being able to generate output that reports on configured layers | ||
666 | with their paths and priorities and on | ||
667 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and their applicable | ||
668 | recipes can help to reveal potential problems. | ||
669 | </para> | ||
670 | |||
671 | <para> | ||
672 | Use the following form when running the layer management tool. | ||
673 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
674 | $ bitbake-layers <command> [arguments] | ||
675 | </literallayout> | ||
676 | The following list describes the available commands: | ||
677 | <itemizedlist> | ||
678 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>help:</emphasis></filename> | ||
679 | Displays general help or help on a specified command. | ||
680 | </para></listitem> | ||
681 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-layers:</emphasis></filename> | ||
682 | Shows the current configured layers. | ||
683 | </para></listitem> | ||
684 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-recipes:</emphasis></filename> | ||
685 | Lists available recipes and the layers that provide them. | ||
686 | </para></listitem> | ||
687 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-overlayed:</emphasis></filename> | ||
688 | Lists overlayed recipes. | ||
689 | A recipe is overlayed when a recipe with the same name | ||
690 | exists in another layer that has a higher layer | ||
691 | priority. | ||
692 | </para></listitem> | ||
693 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-appends:</emphasis></filename> | ||
694 | Lists <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and the | ||
695 | recipe files to which they apply. | ||
696 | </para></listitem> | ||
697 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-cross-depends:</emphasis></filename> | ||
698 | Lists dependency relationships between recipes that | ||
699 | cross layer boundaries. | ||
700 | </para></listitem> | ||
701 | <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>flatten:</emphasis></filename> | ||
702 | Flattens the layer configuration into a separate output | ||
703 | directory. | ||
704 | Flattening your layer configuration builds a "flattened" | ||
705 | directory that contains the contents of all layers, | ||
706 | with any overlayed recipes removed and any | ||
707 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files appended to the | ||
708 | corresponding recipes. | ||
709 | You might have to perform some manual cleanup of the | ||
710 | flattened layer as follows: | ||
711 | <itemizedlist> | ||
712 | <listitem><para>Non-recipe files (such as patches) | ||
713 | are overwritten. | ||
714 | The flatten command shows a warning for these | ||
715 | files. | ||
716 | </para></listitem> | ||
717 | <listitem><para>Anything beyond the normal layer | ||
718 | setup has been added to the | ||
719 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
720 | Only the lowest priority layer's | ||
721 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> is used. | ||
722 | </para></listitem> | ||
723 | <listitem><para>Overridden and appended items from | ||
724 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files need to be | ||
725 | cleaned up. | ||
726 | The contents of each | ||
727 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> end up in the | ||
728 | flattened recipe. | ||
729 | However, if there are appended or changed | ||
730 | variable values, you need to tidy these up | ||
731 | yourself. | ||
732 | Consider the following example. | ||
733 | Here, the <filename>bitbake-layers</filename> | ||
734 | command adds the line | ||
735 | <filename>#### bbappended ...</filename> so that | ||
736 | you know where the following lines originate: | ||
737 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
738 | ... | ||
739 | DESCRIPTION = "A useful utility" | ||
740 | ... | ||
741 | EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something" | ||
742 | ... | ||
743 | |||
744 | #### bbappended from meta-anotherlayer #### | ||
745 | |||
746 | DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility" | ||
747 | EXTRA_OECONF += "--enable-somethingelse" | ||
748 | </literallayout> | ||
749 | Ideally, you would tidy up these utilities as | ||
750 | follows: | ||
751 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
752 | ... | ||
753 | DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility" | ||
754 | ... | ||
755 | EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something --enable-somethingelse" | ||
756 | ... | ||
757 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
758 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
759 | </itemizedlist> | ||
760 | </para> | ||
761 | </section> | ||
762 | |||
763 | <section id='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'> | ||
764 | <title>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</title> | ||
765 | |||
766 | <para> | ||
767 | The <filename>yocto-layer</filename> script simplifies | ||
768 | creating a new general layer. | ||
769 | <note> | ||
770 | For information on BSP layers, see the | ||
771 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>" | ||
772 | section in the Yocto Project Board Specific (BSP) | ||
773 | Developer's Guide. | ||
774 | </note> | ||
775 | The default mode of the script's operation is to prompt you for | ||
776 | information needed to generate the layer: | ||
777 | <itemizedlist> | ||
778 | <listitem><para>The layer priority | ||
779 | </para></listitem> | ||
780 | <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample recipe. | ||
781 | </para></listitem> | ||
782 | <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample | ||
783 | append file. | ||
784 | </para></listitem> | ||
785 | </itemizedlist> | ||
786 | </para> | ||
787 | |||
788 | <para> | ||
789 | Use the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> sub-command | ||
790 | to create a new general layer. | ||
791 | In its simplest form, you can create a layer as follows: | ||
792 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
793 | $ yocto-layer create mylayer | ||
794 | </literallayout> | ||
795 | The previous example creates a layer named | ||
796 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> in the current directory. | ||
797 | </para> | ||
798 | |||
799 | <para> | ||
800 | As the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> command runs, | ||
801 | default values for the prompts appear in brackets. | ||
802 | Pressing enter without supplying anything for the prompts | ||
803 | or pressing enter and providing an invalid response causes the | ||
804 | script to accept the default value. | ||
805 | Once the script completes, the new layer | ||
806 | is created in the current working directory. | ||
807 | The script names the layer by prepending | ||
808 | <filename>meta-</filename> to the name you provide. | ||
809 | </para> | ||
810 | |||
811 | <para> | ||
812 | Minimally, the script creates the following within the layer: | ||
813 | <itemizedlist> | ||
814 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>conf</filename> | ||
815 | directory:</emphasis> | ||
816 | This directory contains the layer's configuration file. | ||
817 | The root name for the file is the same as the root name | ||
818 | your provided for the layer (e.g. | ||
819 | <filename><layer>.conf</filename>). | ||
820 | </para></listitem> | ||
821 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The | ||
822 | <filename>COPYING.MIT</filename> file:</emphasis> | ||
823 | The copyright and use notice for the software. | ||
824 | </para></listitem> | ||
825 | <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>README</filename> | ||
826 | file:</emphasis> | ||
827 | A file describing the contents of your new layer. | ||
828 | </para></listitem> | ||
829 | </itemizedlist> | ||
830 | </para> | ||
831 | |||
832 | <para> | ||
833 | If you choose to generate a sample recipe file, the script | ||
834 | prompts you for the name for the recipe and then creates it | ||
835 | in <filename><layer>/recipes-example/example/</filename>. | ||
836 | The script creates a <filename>.bb</filename> file and a | ||
837 | directory, which contains a sample | ||
838 | <filename>helloworld.c</filename> source file, along with | ||
839 | a sample patch file. | ||
840 | If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses | ||
841 | "example". | ||
842 | </para> | ||
843 | |||
844 | <para> | ||
845 | If you choose to generate a sample append file, the script | ||
846 | prompts you for the name for the file and then creates it | ||
847 | in <filename><layer>/recipes-example-bbappend/example-bbappend/</filename>. | ||
848 | The script creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file and a | ||
849 | directory, which contains a sample patch file. | ||
850 | If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses | ||
851 | "example". | ||
852 | The script also prompts you for the version of the append file. | ||
853 | The version should match the recipe to which the append file | ||
854 | is associated. | ||
855 | </para> | ||
856 | |||
857 | <para> | ||
858 | The easiest way to see how the <filename>yocto-layer</filename> | ||
859 | script works is to experiment with the script. | ||
860 | You can also read the usage information by entering the | ||
861 | following: | ||
862 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
863 | $ yocto-layer help | ||
864 | </literallayout> | ||
865 | </para> | ||
866 | |||
867 | <para> | ||
868 | Once you create your general layer, you must add it to your | ||
869 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file. | ||
870 | Here is an example where a layer named | ||
871 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> is added: | ||
872 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
873 | BBLAYERS = ?" \ | ||
874 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \ | ||
875 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \ | ||
876 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
877 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-mylayer \ | ||
878 | " | ||
879 | |||
880 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
881 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \ | ||
882 | /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \ | ||
883 | " | ||
884 | </literallayout> | ||
885 | Adding the layer to this file enables the build system to | ||
886 | locate the layer during the build. | ||
887 | </para> | ||
888 | </section> | ||
889 | </section> | ||
890 | |||
891 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage'> | ||
892 | <title>Customizing Images</title> | ||
893 | |||
894 | <para> | ||
895 | You can customize images to satisfy particular requirements. | ||
896 | This section describes several methods and provides guidelines for each. | ||
897 | </para> | ||
898 | |||
899 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-localconf'> | ||
900 | <title>Customizing Images Using <filename>local.conf</filename></title> | ||
901 | |||
902 | <para> | ||
903 | Probably the easiest way to customize an image is to add a | ||
904 | package by way of the <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
905 | configuration file. | ||
906 | Because it is limited to local use, this method generally only | ||
907 | allows you to add packages and is not as flexible as creating | ||
908 | your own customized image. | ||
909 | When you add packages using local variables this way, you need | ||
910 | to realize that these variable changes are in effect for every | ||
911 | build and consequently affect all images, which might not | ||
912 | be what you require. | ||
913 | </para> | ||
914 | |||
915 | <para> | ||
916 | To add a package to your image using the local configuration | ||
917 | file, use the | ||
918 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
919 | variable with the <filename>_append</filename> operator: | ||
920 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
921 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " strace" | ||
922 | </literallayout> | ||
923 | Use of the syntax is important - specifically, the space between | ||
924 | the quote and the package name, which is | ||
925 | <filename>strace</filename> in this example. | ||
926 | This space is required since the <filename>_append</filename> | ||
927 | operator does not add the space. | ||
928 | </para> | ||
929 | |||
930 | <para> | ||
931 | Furthermore, you must use <filename>_append</filename> instead | ||
932 | of the <filename>+=</filename> operator if you want to avoid | ||
933 | ordering issues. | ||
934 | The reason for this is because doing so unconditionally appends | ||
935 | to the variable and avoids ordering problems due to the | ||
936 | variable being set in image recipes and | ||
937 | <filename>.bbclass</filename> files with operators like | ||
938 | <filename>?=</filename>. | ||
939 | Using <filename>_append</filename> ensures the operation takes | ||
940 | affect. | ||
941 | </para> | ||
942 | |||
943 | <para> | ||
944 | As shown in its simplest use, | ||
945 | <filename>IMAGE_INSTALL_append</filename> affects all images. | ||
946 | It is possible to extend the syntax so that the variable | ||
947 | applies to a specific image only. | ||
948 | Here is an example: | ||
949 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
950 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append_pn-core-image-minimal = " strace" | ||
951 | </literallayout> | ||
952 | This example adds <filename>strace</filename> to the | ||
953 | <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image only. | ||
954 | </para> | ||
955 | |||
956 | <para> | ||
957 | You can add packages using a similar approach through the | ||
958 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL'>CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
959 | variable. | ||
960 | If you use this variable, only | ||
961 | <filename>core-image-*</filename> images are affected. | ||
962 | </para> | ||
963 | </section> | ||
964 | |||
965 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'> | ||
966 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and | ||
967 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></title> | ||
968 | |||
969 | <para> | ||
970 | Another method for customizing your image is to enable or | ||
971 | disable high-level image features by using the | ||
972 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
973 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
974 | variables. | ||
975 | Although the functions for both variables are nearly equivalent, | ||
976 | best practices dictate using <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> | ||
977 | from within a recipe and using | ||
978 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> from within | ||
979 | your <filename>local.conf</filename> file, which is found in the | ||
980 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
981 | </para> | ||
982 | |||
983 | <para> | ||
984 | To understand how these features work, the best reference is | ||
985 | <filename>meta/classes/core-image.bbclass</filename>. | ||
986 | In summary, the file looks at the contents of the | ||
987 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable and then maps | ||
988 | those contents into a set of package groups. | ||
989 | Based on this information, the build system automatically | ||
990 | adds the appropriate packages to the | ||
991 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink> | ||
992 | variable. | ||
993 | Effectively, you are enabling extra features by extending the | ||
994 | class or creating a custom class for use with specialized image | ||
995 | <filename>.bb</filename> files. | ||
996 | </para> | ||
997 | |||
998 | <para> | ||
999 | Use the <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable | ||
1000 | from within your local configuration file. | ||
1001 | Using a separate area from which to enable features with | ||
1002 | this variable helps you avoid overwriting the features in the | ||
1003 | image recipe that are enabled with | ||
1004 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename>. | ||
1005 | The value of <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> is added | ||
1006 | to <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> within | ||
1007 | <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename>. | ||
1008 | </para> | ||
1009 | |||
1010 | <para> | ||
1011 | To illustrate how you can use these variables to modify your | ||
1012 | image, consider an example that selects the SSH server. | ||
1013 | The Yocto Project ships with two SSH servers you can use | ||
1014 | with your images: Dropbear and OpenSSH. | ||
1015 | Dropbear is a minimal SSH server appropriate for | ||
1016 | resource-constrained environments, while OpenSSH is a | ||
1017 | well-known standard SSH server implementation. | ||
1018 | By default, the <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image | ||
1019 | is configured to use Dropbear. | ||
1020 | The <filename>core-image-full-cmdline</filename> and | ||
1021 | <filename>core-image-lsb</filename> images both | ||
1022 | include OpenSSH. | ||
1023 | The <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image does not | ||
1024 | contain an SSH server. | ||
1025 | </para> | ||
1026 | |||
1027 | <para> | ||
1028 | You can customize your image and change these defaults. | ||
1029 | Edit the <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable | ||
1030 | in your recipe or use the | ||
1031 | <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> in your | ||
1032 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file so that it configures the | ||
1033 | image you are working with to include | ||
1034 | <filename>ssh-server-dropbear</filename> or | ||
1035 | <filename>ssh-server-openssh</filename>. | ||
1036 | </para> | ||
1037 | |||
1038 | <note> | ||
1039 | See the | ||
1040 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" | ||
1041 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a complete | ||
1042 | list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project. | ||
1043 | </note> | ||
1044 | </section> | ||
1045 | |||
1046 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-custombb'> | ||
1047 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom .bb Files</title> | ||
1048 | |||
1049 | <para> | ||
1050 | You can also customize an image by creating a custom recipe | ||
1051 | that defines additional software as part of the image. | ||
1052 | The following example shows the form for the two lines you need: | ||
1053 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1054 | IMAGE_INSTALL = "packagegroup-core-x11-base package1 package2" | ||
1055 | |||
1056 | inherit core-image | ||
1057 | </literallayout> | ||
1058 | </para> | ||
1059 | |||
1060 | <para> | ||
1061 | Defining the software using a custom recipe gives you total | ||
1062 | control over the contents of the image. | ||
1063 | It is important to use the correct names of packages in the | ||
1064 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename> | ||
1065 | variable. | ||
1066 | You must use the OpenEmbedded notation and not the Debian notation for the names | ||
1067 | (e.g. <filename>eglibc-dev</filename> instead of <filename>libc6-dev</filename>). | ||
1068 | </para> | ||
1069 | |||
1070 | <para> | ||
1071 | The other method for creating a custom image is to base it on an existing image. | ||
1072 | For example, if you want to create an image based on <filename>core-image-sato</filename> | ||
1073 | but add the additional package <filename>strace</filename> to the image, | ||
1074 | copy the <filename>meta/recipes-sato/images/core-image-sato.bb</filename> to a | ||
1075 | new <filename>.bb</filename> and add the following line to the end of the copy: | ||
1076 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1077 | IMAGE_INSTALL += "strace" | ||
1078 | </literallayout> | ||
1079 | </para> | ||
1080 | </section> | ||
1081 | |||
1082 | <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-customtasks'> | ||
1083 | <title>Customizing Images Using Custom Package Groups</title> | ||
1084 | |||
1085 | <para> | ||
1086 | For complex custom images, the best approach for customizing | ||
1087 | an image is to create a custom package group recipe that is | ||
1088 | used to build the image or images. | ||
1089 | A good example of a package group recipe is | ||
1090 | <filename>meta/recipes-core/packagegroups/packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename>. | ||
1091 | The | ||
1092 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename> | ||
1093 | variable lists the package group packages you wish to produce. | ||
1094 | <filename>inherit packagegroup</filename> sets appropriate | ||
1095 | default values and automatically adds <filename>-dev</filename>, | ||
1096 | <filename>-dbg</filename>, and <filename>-ptest</filename> | ||
1097 | complementary packages for every package specified in | ||
1098 | <filename>PACKAGES</filename>. | ||
1099 | Note that the inherit line should be towards | ||
1100 | the top of the recipe, certainly before you set | ||
1101 | <filename>PACKAGES</filename>. | ||
1102 | For each package you specify in <filename>PACKAGES</filename>, | ||
1103 | you can use | ||
1104 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'>RDEPENDS</ulink></filename> | ||
1105 | and | ||
1106 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'>RRECOMMENDS</ulink></filename> | ||
1107 | entries to provide a list of packages the parent task package | ||
1108 | should contain. | ||
1109 | Following is an example: | ||
1110 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1111 | DESCRIPTION = "My Custom Package Groups" | ||
1112 | |||
1113 | inherit packagegroup | ||
1114 | |||
1115 | PACKAGES = "\ | ||
1116 | packagegroup-custom-apps \ | ||
1117 | packagegroup-custom-tools \ | ||
1118 | " | ||
1119 | |||
1120 | RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-apps = "\ | ||
1121 | dropbear \ | ||
1122 | portmap \ | ||
1123 | psplash" | ||
1124 | |||
1125 | RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\ | ||
1126 | oprofile \ | ||
1127 | oprofileui-server \ | ||
1128 | lttng-control \ | ||
1129 | lttng-viewer" | ||
1130 | |||
1131 | RRECOMMENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\ | ||
1132 | kernel-module-oprofile" | ||
1133 | </literallayout> | ||
1134 | </para> | ||
1135 | |||
1136 | <para> | ||
1137 | In the previous example, two package group packages are created with their dependencies and their | ||
1138 | recommended package dependencies listed: <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename>, and | ||
1139 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename>. | ||
1140 | To build an image using these package group packages, you need to add | ||
1141 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename> and/or | ||
1142 | <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename> to | ||
1143 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename>. | ||
1144 | For other forms of image dependencies see the other areas of this section. | ||
1145 | </para> | ||
1146 | </section> | ||
1147 | </section> | ||
1148 | |||
1149 | <section id='new-recipe-writing-a-new-recipe'> | ||
1150 | <title>Writing a New Recipe</title> | ||
1151 | |||
1152 | <para> | ||
1153 | Recipes (<filename>.bb</filename> files) are fundamental components | ||
1154 | in the Yocto Project environment. | ||
1155 | Each software component built by the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
1156 | requires a recipe to define the component. | ||
1157 | This section describes how to create, write, and test a new | ||
1158 | recipe. | ||
1159 | <note> | ||
1160 | For information on variables that are useful for recipes and | ||
1161 | for information about recipe naming issues, see the | ||
1162 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-varlocality-recipe-required'>Required</ulink>" | ||
1163 | section of the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
1164 | </note> | ||
1165 | </para> | ||
1166 | |||
1167 | <section id='new-recipe-overview'> | ||
1168 | <title>Overview</title> | ||
1169 | |||
1170 | <para> | ||
1171 | The following figure shows the basic process for creating a | ||
1172 | new recipe. | ||
1173 | The remainder of the section provides details for the steps. | ||
1174 | <imagedata fileref="figures/recipe-workflow.png" width="6in" depth="7in" align="center" scalefit="1" /> | ||
1175 | </para> | ||
1176 | </section> | ||
1177 | |||
1178 | <section id='new-recipe-locate-a-base-recipe'> | ||
1179 | <title>Locate a Base Recipe</title> | ||
1180 | |||
1181 | <para> | ||
1182 | Before writing a recipe from scratch, it is often useful to | ||
1183 | discover whether someone else has already written one that | ||
1184 | meets (or comes close to meeting) your needs. | ||
1185 | The Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded communities maintain many | ||
1186 | recipes that might be candidates for what you are doing. | ||
1187 | You can find a good central index of these recipes in the | ||
1188 | <ulink url='http://layers.openembedded.org'>OpenEmbedded metadata index</ulink>. | ||
1189 | </para> | ||
1190 | |||
1191 | <para> | ||
1192 | Working from an existing recipe or a skeleton recipe is the | ||
1193 | best way to get started. | ||
1194 | Here are some points on both methods: | ||
1195 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1196 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Locate and modify a recipe that | ||
1197 | is close to what you want to do:</emphasis> | ||
1198 | This method works when you are familiar with the | ||
1199 | current recipe space. | ||
1200 | The method does not work so well for those new to | ||
1201 | the Yocto Project or writing recipes.</para> | ||
1202 | <para>Some risks associated with this method are | ||
1203 | using a recipe that has areas totally unrelated to | ||
1204 | what you are trying to accomplish with your recipe, | ||
1205 | not recognizing areas of the recipe that you might | ||
1206 | have to add from scratch, and so forth. | ||
1207 | All these risks stem from unfamiliarity with the | ||
1208 | existing recipe space.</para></listitem> | ||
1209 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Use and modify the following | ||
1210 | skeleton recipe:</emphasis> | ||
1211 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1212 | SUMMARY = "" | ||
1213 | HOMEPAGE = "" | ||
1214 | LICENSE = "" | ||
1215 | |||
1216 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "" | ||
1217 | |||
1218 | SRC_URI = "" | ||
1219 | SRC_URI[md5sum] = "" | ||
1220 | SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "" | ||
1221 | |||
1222 | S = "${WORKDIR}/${PN}-${PV}" | ||
1223 | |||
1224 | inherit <stuff> | ||
1225 | </literallayout> | ||
1226 | Modifying this recipe is the recommended method for | ||
1227 | creating a new recipe. | ||
1228 | The recipe provides the fundamental areas that you need | ||
1229 | to include, exclude, or alter to fit your needs. | ||
1230 | </para></listitem> | ||
1231 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1232 | </para> | ||
1233 | </section> | ||
1234 | |||
1235 | <section id='new-recipe-storing-and-naming-the-recipe'> | ||
1236 | <title>Storing and Naming the Recipe</title> | ||
1237 | |||
1238 | <para> | ||
1239 | Once you have your base recipe, you should put it in your | ||
1240 | own layer and name it appropriately. | ||
1241 | Locating it correctly ensures that the OpenEmbedded build | ||
1242 | system can find it when you use BitBake to process the | ||
1243 | recipe. | ||
1244 | </para> | ||
1245 | |||
1246 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1247 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Storing Your Recipe:</emphasis> | ||
1248 | The OpenEmbedded build system locates your recipe | ||
1249 | through the layer's <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> | ||
1250 | file and the | ||
1251 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILES'><filename>BBFILES</filename></ulink> | ||
1252 | variable. | ||
1253 | This variable sets up a path from which the build system can | ||
1254 | locate recipes. | ||
1255 | Here is the typical use: | ||
1256 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1257 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \ | ||
1258 | ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend" | ||
1259 | </literallayout> | ||
1260 | Consequently, you need to be sure you locate your new recipe | ||
1261 | inside your layer such that it can be found.</para> | ||
1262 | <para>You can find more information on how layers are | ||
1263 | structured in the | ||
1264 | "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding and Creating Layers</link>" | ||
1265 | section.</para></listitem> | ||
1266 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Naming Your Recipe:</emphasis> | ||
1267 | When you name your recipe, you need to follow this naming | ||
1268 | convention: | ||
1269 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1270 | <basename>_<version>.bb | ||
1271 | </literallayout> | ||
1272 | Use lower-cased characters and do not include the reserved | ||
1273 | suffixes <filename>-native</filename>, | ||
1274 | <filename>-cross</filename>, <filename>-initial</filename>, | ||
1275 | or <filename>-dev</filename> casually (i.e. do not use them | ||
1276 | as part of your recipe name unless the string applies). | ||
1277 | Here are some examples: | ||
1278 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1279 | cups_1.7.0.bb | ||
1280 | gawk_4.0.2.bb | ||
1281 | irssi_0.8.16-rc1.bb | ||
1282 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
1283 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1284 | </section> | ||
1285 | |||
1286 | <section id='new-recipe-running-a-build-on-the-recipe'> | ||
1287 | <title>Running a Build on the Recipe</title> | ||
1288 | |||
1289 | <para> | ||
1290 | Creating a new recipe is usually an iterative process that | ||
1291 | requires using BitBake to process the recipe multiple times in | ||
1292 | order to progressively discover and add information to the | ||
1293 | recipe. | ||
1294 | </para> | ||
1295 | |||
1296 | <para> | ||
1297 | Assuming you have sourced a build environment setup script (i.e. | ||
1298 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
1299 | or | ||
1300 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>) | ||
1301 | and you are in the | ||
1302 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>, | ||
1303 | use BitBake to process your recipe. | ||
1304 | All you need to provide is the | ||
1305 | <filename><basename></filename> of the recipe as described | ||
1306 | in the previous section: | ||
1307 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1308 | $ bitbake <basename> | ||
1309 | </literallayout> | ||
1310 | |||
1311 | </para> | ||
1312 | |||
1313 | <para> | ||
1314 | During the build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a | ||
1315 | temporary work directory for the recipe | ||
1316 | (<filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>) | ||
1317 | where it keeps extracted source files, log files, intermediate | ||
1318 | compilation and packaging files, and so forth. | ||
1319 | </para> | ||
1320 | |||
1321 | <para> | ||
1322 | The temporary work directory is constructed as follows and | ||
1323 | depends on several factors: | ||
1324 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1325 | ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} | ||
1326 | </literallayout> | ||
1327 | As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder named | ||
1328 | <filename>poky</filename>, a default Build Directory at | ||
1329 | <filename>poky/build</filename>, and a | ||
1330 | <filename>qemux86-poky-linux</filename> machine target system. | ||
1331 | Furthermore, suppose your recipe is named | ||
1332 | <filename>foo_1.3.0-r0.bb</filename>. | ||
1333 | In this case, the work directory the build system uses to | ||
1334 | build the package would be as follows: | ||
1335 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1336 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 | ||
1337 | </literallayout> | ||
1338 | Inside this directory you can find sub-directories such as | ||
1339 | <filename>image</filename>, <filename>packages-split</filename>, | ||
1340 | and <filename>temp</filename>. | ||
1341 | After the build, you can examine these to determine how well | ||
1342 | the build went. | ||
1343 | <note> | ||
1344 | You can find log files for each task in the recipe's | ||
1345 | <filename>temp</filename> directory (e.g. | ||
1346 | <filename>poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0/temp</filename>). | ||
1347 | Log files are named <filename>log.<taskname></filename> | ||
1348 | (e.g. <filename>log.do_configure</filename>, | ||
1349 | <filename>log.do_fetch</filename>, and | ||
1350 | <filename>log.do_compile</filename>). | ||
1351 | </note> | ||
1352 | </para> | ||
1353 | |||
1354 | <para> | ||
1355 | You can find more information about the build process in the | ||
1356 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#closer-look'>A Closer Look at the Yocto Project Development Environment</ulink>" | ||
1357 | chapter of the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
1358 | </para> | ||
1359 | |||
1360 | <para> | ||
1361 | You can also reference the following variables in the | ||
1362 | Yocto Project Reference Manual's glossary for more information: | ||
1363 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1364 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TMPDIR'><filename>TMPDIR</filename></ulink>: | ||
1365 | The top-level build output directory</listitem> | ||
1366 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS'><filename>MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS</filename></ulink>: | ||
1367 | The target system identifier</listitem> | ||
1368 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink>: | ||
1369 | The recipe name</listitem> | ||
1370 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTENDPE'><filename>EXTENDPE</filename></ulink>: | ||
1371 | The epoch - (if | ||
1372 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'><filename>PE</filename></ulink> | ||
1373 | is not specified, which is usually the case for most | ||
1374 | recipes, then <filename>EXTENDPE</filename> is blank)</listitem> | ||
1375 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>: | ||
1376 | The recipe version</listitem> | ||
1377 | <listitem><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>: | ||
1378 | The recipe revision</listitem> | ||
1379 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1380 | </para> | ||
1381 | </section> | ||
1382 | |||
1383 | <section id='new-recipe-fetching-code'> | ||
1384 | <title>Fetching Code</title> | ||
1385 | |||
1386 | <para> | ||
1387 | The first thing your recipe must do is specify how to fetch | ||
1388 | the source files. | ||
1389 | Fetching is controlled mainly through the | ||
1390 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
1391 | variable. | ||
1392 | Your recipe must have a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable | ||
1393 | that points to where the source is located. | ||
1394 | For a graphical representation of source locations, see the | ||
1395 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#sources-dev-environment'>Sources</ulink>" | ||
1396 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
1397 | </para> | ||
1398 | |||
1399 | <para> | ||
1400 | The <filename>do_fetch</filename> task uses the prefix of | ||
1401 | each entry in the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable value | ||
1402 | to determine what fetcher to use to get your source files. | ||
1403 | It is the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable that triggers | ||
1404 | the fetcher. | ||
1405 | The <filename>do_patch</filename> task uses the variable after | ||
1406 | source is fetched to apply patches. | ||
1407 | The OpenEmbedded build system uses | ||
1408 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESOVERRIDES'><filename>FILESOVERRIDES</filename></ulink> | ||
1409 | for scanning directory locations for local files in | ||
1410 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename>. | ||
1411 | </para> | ||
1412 | |||
1413 | <para> | ||
1414 | The <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable in your recipe must | ||
1415 | define each unique location for your source files. | ||
1416 | It is good practice to not hard-code pathnames in an URL used | ||
1417 | in <filename>SRC_URI</filename>. | ||
1418 | Rather than hard-code these paths, use | ||
1419 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1420 | which causes the fetch process to use the version specified in | ||
1421 | the recipe filename. | ||
1422 | Specifying the version in this manner means that upgrading the | ||
1423 | recipe to a future version is as simple as renaming the recipe | ||
1424 | to match the new version. | ||
1425 | </para> | ||
1426 | |||
1427 | <para> | ||
1428 | Here is a simple example from the | ||
1429 | <filename>meta/recipes-devtools/cdrtools/cdrtools-native_3.01a17.bb</filename> | ||
1430 | recipe where the source comes from a single tarball. | ||
1431 | Notice the use of the | ||
1432 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
1433 | variable: | ||
1434 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1435 | SRC_URI = "ftp://ftp.berlios.de/pub/cdrecord/alpha/cdrtools-${PV}.tar.bz2" | ||
1436 | </literallayout> | ||
1437 | </para> | ||
1438 | |||
1439 | <para> | ||
1440 | Files mentioned in <filename>SRC_URI</filename> whose names end | ||
1441 | in a typical archive extension (e.g. <filename>.tar</filename>, | ||
1442 | <filename>.tar.gz</filename>, <filename>.tar.bz2</filename>, | ||
1443 | <filename>.zip</filename>, and so forth), are automatically | ||
1444 | extracted during the <filename>do_unpack</filename> task. | ||
1445 | For another example that specifies these types of files, see | ||
1446 | the | ||
1447 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-autotooled-package'>Autotooled Package</link>" | ||
1448 | section. | ||
1449 | </para> | ||
1450 | |||
1451 | <para> | ||
1452 | Another way of specifying source is from an SCM. | ||
1453 | For Git repositories, you must specify | ||
1454 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRCREV'><filename>SRCREV</filename></ulink> | ||
1455 | and you should specify | ||
1456 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
1457 | to include the revision with | ||
1458 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRCPV'><filename>SRCPV</filename></ulink>. | ||
1459 | Here is an example from the recipe | ||
1460 | <filename>meta/recipes-kernel/blktrace/blktrace_git.bb</filename>: | ||
1461 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1462 | SRCREV = "d6918c8832793b4205ed3bfede78c2f915c23385" | ||
1463 | |||
1464 | PR = "r6" | ||
1465 | PV = "1.0.5+git${SRCPV}" | ||
1466 | |||
1467 | SRC_URI = "git://git.kernel.dk/blktrace.git \ | ||
1468 | file://ldflags.patch" | ||
1469 | </literallayout> | ||
1470 | </para> | ||
1471 | |||
1472 | <para> | ||
1473 | If your <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement includes | ||
1474 | URLs pointing to individual files fetched from a remote server | ||
1475 | other than a version control system, BitBake attempts to | ||
1476 | verify the files against checksums defined in your recipe to | ||
1477 | ensure they have not been tampered with or otherwise modified | ||
1478 | since the recipe was written. | ||
1479 | Two checksums are used: | ||
1480 | <filename>SRC_URI[md5sum]</filename> and | ||
1481 | <filename>SRC_URI[sha256sum]</filename>. | ||
1482 | </para> | ||
1483 | |||
1484 | <para> | ||
1485 | If your <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable points to | ||
1486 | more than a single URL (excluding SCM URLs), you need to | ||
1487 | provide the <filename>md5</filename> and | ||
1488 | <filename>sha256</filename> checksums for each URL. | ||
1489 | For these cases, you provide a name for each URL as part of | ||
1490 | the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> and then reference that name | ||
1491 | in the subsequent checksum statements. | ||
1492 | Here is an example: | ||
1493 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1494 | SRC_URI = "${DEBIAN_MIRROR}/main/a/apmd/apmd_3.2.2.orig.tar.gz;name=tarball \ | ||
1495 | ${DEBIAN_MIRROR}/main/a/apmd/apmd_${PV}.diff.gz;name=patch | ||
1496 | |||
1497 | SRC_URI[tarball.md5sum] = "b1e6309e8331e0f4e6efd311c2d97fa8" | ||
1498 | SRC_URI[tarball.sha256sum] = "7f7d9f60b7766b852881d40b8ff91d8e39fccb0d1d913102a5c75a2dbb52332d" | ||
1499 | |||
1500 | SRC_URI[patch.md5sum] = "57e1b689264ea80f78353519eece0c92" | ||
1501 | SRC_URI[patch.sha256sum] = "7905ff96be93d725544d0040e425c42f9c05580db3c272f11cff75b9aa89d430" | ||
1502 | </literallayout> | ||
1503 | </para> | ||
1504 | |||
1505 | <para> | ||
1506 | To find these checksums, you can comment the statements out | ||
1507 | and then attempt to build the software. | ||
1508 | The build will produce an error for each missing checksum | ||
1509 | and as part of the error message provide the correct checksum | ||
1510 | string. | ||
1511 | Once you have the correct checksums, simply copy them into your | ||
1512 | recipe for a subsequent build. | ||
1513 | </para> | ||
1514 | |||
1515 | <para> | ||
1516 | This final example is a bit more complicated and is from the | ||
1517 | <filename>meta/recipes-sato/rxvt-unicode/rxvt-unicode_9.19.bb</filename> | ||
1518 | recipe. | ||
1519 | The example's <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement identifies | ||
1520 | multiple files as the source files for the recipe: a tarball, a | ||
1521 | patch file, a desktop file, and an icon. | ||
1522 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1523 | SRC_URI = "http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-${PV}.tar.bz2 \ | ||
1524 | file://xwc.patch \ | ||
1525 | file://rxvt.desktop \ | ||
1526 | file://rxvt.png" | ||
1527 | </literallayout> | ||
1528 | </para> | ||
1529 | |||
1530 | <para> | ||
1531 | When you specify local files using the | ||
1532 | <filename>file://</filename> URI protocol, the build system | ||
1533 | fetches files from the local machine. | ||
1534 | The path is relative to the | ||
1535 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
1536 | variable and searches specific directories in a certain order: | ||
1537 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BPN'><filename>BPN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1538 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BP'><filename>BP</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1539 | and <filename>files</filename>. | ||
1540 | The directories are assumed to be subdirectories of the | ||
1541 | directory in which the recipe or append file resides. | ||
1542 | For another example that specifies these types of files, see the | ||
1543 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-single-c-file-package-hello-world'>Single .c File Package (Hello World!)</link>" | ||
1544 | section. | ||
1545 | </para> | ||
1546 | |||
1547 | <para> | ||
1548 | The previous example also specifies a patch file. | ||
1549 | Patch files are files whose names end in | ||
1550 | <filename>.patch</filename> or <filename>.diff</filename>. | ||
1551 | The build system automatically applies patches as described | ||
1552 | in the | ||
1553 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-patching-code'>Patching Code</link>" section. | ||
1554 | </para> | ||
1555 | </section> | ||
1556 | |||
1557 | <section id='new-recipe-unpacking-code'> | ||
1558 | <title>Unpacking Code</title> | ||
1559 | |||
1560 | <para> | ||
1561 | During the build, the <filename>do_unpack</filename> task | ||
1562 | unpacks the source with | ||
1563 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1564 | pointing to where it is unpacked. | ||
1565 | </para> | ||
1566 | |||
1567 | <para> | ||
1568 | If you are fetching your source files from an upstream source | ||
1569 | archived tarball and the tarball's internal structure matches | ||
1570 | the common convention of a top-level subdirectory named | ||
1571 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BPN'><filename>BPN</filename></ulink><filename>}-${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1572 | then you do not need to set <filename>S</filename>. | ||
1573 | However, if <filename>SRC_URI</filename> specifies to fetch | ||
1574 | source from an archive that does not use this convention, | ||
1575 | or from an SCM like Git or Subversion, your recipe needs to | ||
1576 | define <filename>S</filename>. | ||
1577 | </para> | ||
1578 | |||
1579 | <para> | ||
1580 | If processing your recipe using BitBake successfully unpacks | ||
1581 | the source files, you need to be sure that the directory | ||
1582 | pointed to by <filename>${S}</filename> matches the structure | ||
1583 | of the source. | ||
1584 | </para> | ||
1585 | </section> | ||
1586 | |||
1587 | <section id='new-recipe-patching-code'> | ||
1588 | <title>Patching Code</title> | ||
1589 | |||
1590 | <para> | ||
1591 | Sometimes it is necessary to patch code after it has been | ||
1592 | fetched. | ||
1593 | Any files mentioned in <filename>SRC_URI</filename> whose | ||
1594 | names end in <filename>.patch</filename> or | ||
1595 | <filename>.diff</filename> are treated as patches. | ||
1596 | The <filename>do_patch</filename> task automatically applies | ||
1597 | these patches. | ||
1598 | </para> | ||
1599 | |||
1600 | <para> | ||
1601 | The build system should be able to apply patches with the "-p1" | ||
1602 | option (i.e. one directory level in the path will be stripped | ||
1603 | off). | ||
1604 | If your patch needs to have more directory levels stripped off, | ||
1605 | specify the number of levels using the "striplevel" option in | ||
1606 | the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> entry for the patch. | ||
1607 | Alternatively, if your patch needs to be applied in a specific | ||
1608 | subdirectory that is not specified in the patch file, use the | ||
1609 | "patchdir" option in the entry. | ||
1610 | </para> | ||
1611 | </section> | ||
1612 | |||
1613 | <section id='new-recipe-licensing'> | ||
1614 | <title>Licensing</title> | ||
1615 | |||
1616 | <para> | ||
1617 | Your recipe needs to have both the | ||
1618 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink> | ||
1619 | and | ||
1620 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'><filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename></ulink> | ||
1621 | variables: | ||
1622 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1623 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>LICENSE</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1624 | This variable specifies the license for the software. | ||
1625 | If you do not know the license under which the software | ||
1626 | you are building is distributed, you should go to the | ||
1627 | source code and look for that information. | ||
1628 | Typical files containing this information include | ||
1629 | <filename>COPYING</filename>, | ||
1630 | <filename>LICENSE</filename>, and | ||
1631 | <filename>README</filename> files. | ||
1632 | You could also find the information near the top of | ||
1633 | a source file. | ||
1634 | For example, given a piece of software licensed under | ||
1635 | the GNU General Public License version 2, you would | ||
1636 | set <filename>LICENSE</filename> as follows: | ||
1637 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1638 | LICENSE = "GPLv2" | ||
1639 | </literallayout></para> | ||
1640 | <para>The licenses you specify within | ||
1641 | <filename>LICENSE</filename> can have any name as long | ||
1642 | as you do not use spaces, since spaces are used as | ||
1643 | separators between license names. | ||
1644 | For standard licenses, use the names of the files in | ||
1645 | <filename>meta/files/common-licenses/</filename> | ||
1646 | or the <filename>SPDXLICENSEMAP</filename> flag names | ||
1647 | defined in <filename>meta/conf/licenses.conf</filename>. | ||
1648 | </para></listitem> | ||
1649 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1650 | The OpenEmbedded build system uses this variable to | ||
1651 | make sure the license text has not changed. | ||
1652 | If it has, the build produces an error and it affords | ||
1653 | you the chance to figure it out and correct the problem. | ||
1654 | </para> | ||
1655 | <para>You need to specify all applicable licensing | ||
1656 | files for the software. | ||
1657 | At the end of the configuration step, the build process | ||
1658 | will compare the checksums of the files to be sure | ||
1659 | the text has not changed. | ||
1660 | Any differences result in an error with the message | ||
1661 | containing the current checksum. | ||
1662 | For more explanation and examples of how to set the | ||
1663 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> variable, see the | ||
1664 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#usingpoky-configuring-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>Tracking License Changes</ulink>" | ||
1665 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.</para> | ||
1666 | <para>To determine the correct checksum string, you | ||
1667 | can list the appropriate files in the | ||
1668 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> variable with | ||
1669 | incorrect md5 strings, attempt to build the software, | ||
1670 | and then note the resulting error messages that will | ||
1671 | report the correct md5 strings. | ||
1672 | Here is an example that assumes the software has a | ||
1673 | <filename>COPYING</filename> file: | ||
1674 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1675 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=xxx" | ||
1676 | </literallayout> | ||
1677 | When you try to build the software, the build system | ||
1678 | will produce an error and give you the correct string | ||
1679 | that you can substitute into the recipe file for a | ||
1680 | subsequent build. | ||
1681 | </para></listitem> | ||
1682 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1683 | </para> | ||
1684 | |||
1685 | <!-- | ||
1686 | |||
1687 | <para> | ||
1688 | For trying this out I created a new recipe named | ||
1689 | <filename>htop_1.0.2.bb</filename> and put it in | ||
1690 | <filename>poky/meta/recipes-extended/htop</filename>. | ||
1691 | There are two license type statements in my very simple | ||
1692 | recipe: | ||
1693 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1694 | LICENSE = "" | ||
1695 | |||
1696 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "" | ||
1697 | |||
1698 | SRC_URI[md5sum] = "" | ||
1699 | SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "" | ||
1700 | </literallayout> | ||
1701 | Evidently, you need to run a <filename>bitbake -c cleanall htop</filename>. | ||
1702 | Next, you delete or comment out the two <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
1703 | lines at the end and then attempt to build the software with | ||
1704 | <filename>bitbake htop</filename>. | ||
1705 | Doing so causes BitBake to report some errors and and give | ||
1706 | you the actual strings you need for the last two | ||
1707 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> lines. | ||
1708 | Prior to this, you have to dig around in the home page of the | ||
1709 | source for <filename>htop</filename> and determine that the | ||
1710 | software is released under GPLv2. | ||
1711 | You can provide that in the <filename>LICENSE</filename> | ||
1712 | statement. | ||
1713 | Now you edit your recipe to have those two strings for | ||
1714 | the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statements: | ||
1715 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1716 | LICENSE = "GPLv2" | ||
1717 | |||
1718 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "" | ||
1719 | |||
1720 | SRC_URI = "${SOURCEFORGE_MIRROR}/htop/htop-${PV}.tar.gz" | ||
1721 | SRC_URI[md5sum] = "0d01cca8df3349c74569cefebbd9919e" | ||
1722 | SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "ee60657b044ece0df096c053060df7abf3cce3a568ab34d260049e6a37ccd8a1" | ||
1723 | </literallayout> | ||
1724 | At this point, you can build the software again using the | ||
1725 | <filename>bitbake htop</filename> command. | ||
1726 | There is just a set of errors now associated with the | ||
1727 | empty <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> variable now. | ||
1728 | </para> | ||
1729 | --> | ||
1730 | |||
1731 | </section> | ||
1732 | |||
1733 | <section id='new-recipe-configuring-the-recipe'> | ||
1734 | <title>Configuring the Recipe</title> | ||
1735 | |||
1736 | <para> | ||
1737 | Most software provides some means of setting build-time | ||
1738 | configuration options before compilation. | ||
1739 | Typically, setting these options is accomplished by running a | ||
1740 | configure script with some options, or by modifying a build | ||
1741 | configuration file. | ||
1742 | </para> | ||
1743 | |||
1744 | <para> | ||
1745 | A major part of build-time configuration is about checking for | ||
1746 | build-time dependencies and possibly enabling optional | ||
1747 | functionality as a result. | ||
1748 | You need to specify any build-time dependencies for the | ||
1749 | software you are building in your recipe's | ||
1750 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
1751 | value, in terms of other recipes that satisfy those | ||
1752 | dependencies. | ||
1753 | You can often find build-time or runtime | ||
1754 | dependencies described in the software's documentation. | ||
1755 | </para> | ||
1756 | |||
1757 | <para> | ||
1758 | The following list provides configuration items of note based | ||
1759 | on how your software is built: | ||
1760 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1761 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Autotools:</emphasis> | ||
1762 | If your source files have a | ||
1763 | <filename>configure.ac</filename> file, then your | ||
1764 | software is built using Autotools. | ||
1765 | If this is the case, you just need to worry about | ||
1766 | tweaking the configuration.</para> | ||
1767 | <para>When using Autotools, your recipe needs to inherit | ||
1768 | the | ||
1769 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-autotools'><filename>autotools</filename></ulink> | ||
1770 | class and your recipe does not have to contain a | ||
1771 | <filename>do_configure</filename> task. | ||
1772 | However, you might still want to make some adjustments. | ||
1773 | For example, you can set | ||
1774 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECONF'><filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename></ulink> | ||
1775 | to pass any needed configure options that are specific | ||
1776 | to the recipe.</para></listitem> | ||
1777 | <listitem><para><emphasis>CMake:</emphasis> | ||
1778 | If your source files have a | ||
1779 | <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file, then your | ||
1780 | software is built using CMake. | ||
1781 | If this is the case, you just need to worry about | ||
1782 | tweaking the configuration.</para> | ||
1783 | <para>When you use CMake, your recipe needs to inherit | ||
1784 | the | ||
1785 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-cmake'><filename>cmake</filename></ulink> | ||
1786 | class and your recipe does not have to contain a | ||
1787 | <filename>do_configure</filename> task. | ||
1788 | You can make some adjustments by setting | ||
1789 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECMAKE'><filename>EXTRA_OECMAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1790 | to pass any needed configure options that are specific | ||
1791 | to the recipe.</para></listitem> | ||
1792 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Other:</emphasis> | ||
1793 | If your source files do not have a | ||
1794 | <filename>configure.ac</filename> or | ||
1795 | <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file, then your | ||
1796 | software is built using some method other than Autotools | ||
1797 | or CMake. | ||
1798 | If this is the case, you normally need to provide a | ||
1799 | <filename>do_configure</filename> task in your recipe | ||
1800 | unless, of course, there is nothing to configure. | ||
1801 | </para> | ||
1802 | <para>Even if your software is not being built by | ||
1803 | Autotools or CMake, you still might not need to deal | ||
1804 | with any configuration issues. | ||
1805 | You need to determine if configuration is even a required step. | ||
1806 | You might need to modify a Makefile or some configuration file | ||
1807 | used for the build to specify necessary build options. | ||
1808 | Or, perhaps you might need to run a provided, custom | ||
1809 | configure script with the appropriate options.</para> | ||
1810 | <para>For the case involving a custom configure | ||
1811 | script, you would run | ||
1812 | <filename>./configure --help</filename> and look for | ||
1813 | the options you need to set.</para></listitem> | ||
1814 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1815 | </para> | ||
1816 | |||
1817 | <para> | ||
1818 | Once configuration succeeds, it is always good practice to | ||
1819 | look at the <filename>log.do_configure</filename> file to | ||
1820 | ensure that the appropriate options have been enabled and no | ||
1821 | additional build-time dependencies need to be added to | ||
1822 | <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
1823 | For example, if the configure script reports that it found | ||
1824 | something not mentioned in <filename>DEPENDS</filename>, or | ||
1825 | that it did not find something that it needed for some | ||
1826 | desired optional functionality, then you would need to add | ||
1827 | those to <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
1828 | Looking at the log might also reveal items being checked for | ||
1829 | and/or enabled that you do not want, or items not being found | ||
1830 | that are in <filename>DEPENDS</filename>, in which case | ||
1831 | you would need to look at passing extra options to the | ||
1832 | configure script as needed. | ||
1833 | For reference information on configure options specific to the | ||
1834 | software you are building, you can consult the output of the | ||
1835 | <filename>./configure --help</filename> command within | ||
1836 | <filename>${S}</filename> or consult the software's upstream | ||
1837 | documentation. | ||
1838 | </para> | ||
1839 | </section> | ||
1840 | |||
1841 | <section id='new-recipe-compilation'> | ||
1842 | <title>Compilation</title> | ||
1843 | |||
1844 | <para> | ||
1845 | During a build, the <filename>do_compile</filename> task | ||
1846 | happens after source is fetched, unpacked, and configured. | ||
1847 | If the recipe passes through <filename>do_compile</filename> | ||
1848 | successfully, nothing needs to be done. | ||
1849 | </para> | ||
1850 | |||
1851 | <para> | ||
1852 | However, if the compile step fails, you need to diagnose the | ||
1853 | failure. | ||
1854 | Here are some common issues that cause failures: | ||
1855 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1856 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Parallel build failures:</emphasis> | ||
1857 | These failures manifest themselves as intermittent | ||
1858 | errors, or errors reporting that a file or directory | ||
1859 | that should be created by some other part of the build | ||
1860 | process could not be found. | ||
1861 | This type of failure can occur even if, upon inspection, | ||
1862 | the file or directory does exist after the build has | ||
1863 | failed, because that part of the build process happened | ||
1864 | in the wrong order.</para> | ||
1865 | <para>To fix the problem, you need to either satisfy | ||
1866 | the missing dependency in the Makefile or whatever | ||
1867 | script produced the Makefile, or (as a workaround) | ||
1868 | set | ||
1869 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PARALLEL_MAKE'><filename>PARALLEL_MAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1870 | to an empty string: | ||
1871 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1872 | PARALLEL_MAKE = "" | ||
1873 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
1874 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Improper host path usage:</emphasis> | ||
1875 | This failure applies to recipes building for the target | ||
1876 | or <filename>nativesdk</filename> only. | ||
1877 | The failure occurs when the compilation process uses | ||
1878 | improper headers, libraries, or other files from the | ||
1879 | host system when cross-compiling for the target. | ||
1880 | </para> | ||
1881 | <para>To fix the problem, examine the | ||
1882 | <filename>log.do_compile</filename> file to identify | ||
1883 | the host paths being used (e.g. | ||
1884 | <filename>/usr/include</filename>, | ||
1885 | <filename>/usr/lib</filename>, and so forth) and then | ||
1886 | either add configure options, apply a patch, or do both. | ||
1887 | </para></listitem> | ||
1888 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Failure to find required | ||
1889 | libraries/headers:</emphasis> | ||
1890 | If a build-time dependency is missing because it has | ||
1891 | not been declared in | ||
1892 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
1893 | or because the dependency exists but the path used by | ||
1894 | the build process to find the file is incorrect and the | ||
1895 | configure step did not detect it, the compilation | ||
1896 | process could fail. | ||
1897 | For either of these failures, the compilation process | ||
1898 | notes that files could not be found. | ||
1899 | In these cases, you need to go back and add additional | ||
1900 | options to the configure script as well as possibly | ||
1901 | add additional build-time dependencies to | ||
1902 | <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
1903 | Occasionally, it is necessary to apply a patch to the | ||
1904 | source to ensure the correct paths are used. | ||
1905 | </para></listitem> | ||
1906 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1907 | </para> | ||
1908 | </section> | ||
1909 | |||
1910 | <section id='new-recipe-installing'> | ||
1911 | <title>Installing</title> | ||
1912 | |||
1913 | <para> | ||
1914 | During <filename>do_install</filename>, the task copies the | ||
1915 | built files along with their hierarchy to locations that | ||
1916 | would mirror their locations on the target device. | ||
1917 | The installation process copies files from the | ||
1918 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1919 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-B'><filename>B</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>, | ||
1920 | and | ||
1921 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1922 | directories to the | ||
1923 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1924 | directory to create the structure as it should appear on the | ||
1925 | target system. | ||
1926 | </para> | ||
1927 | |||
1928 | <para> | ||
1929 | How your software is built affects what you must do to be | ||
1930 | sure your software is installed correctly. | ||
1931 | The following list describes what you must do for installation | ||
1932 | depending on the type of build system used by the software | ||
1933 | being built: | ||
1934 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1935 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Autotools and CMake:</emphasis> | ||
1936 | If the software your recipe is building uses Autotools | ||
1937 | or CMake, the OpenEmbedded build | ||
1938 | system understands how to install the software. | ||
1939 | Consequently, you do not have to have a | ||
1940 | <filename>do_install</filename> task as part of your | ||
1941 | recipe. | ||
1942 | You just need to make sure the install portion of the | ||
1943 | build completes with no issues. | ||
1944 | However, if you wish to install additional files not | ||
1945 | already being installed by | ||
1946 | <filename>make install</filename>, you should do this | ||
1947 | using a <filename>do_install_append</filename> function | ||
1948 | using the install command as described in | ||
1949 | <emphasis>Manual</emphasis> later in this list. | ||
1950 | </para></listitem> | ||
1951 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Other (using | ||
1952 | <filename>make install</filename>):</emphasis> | ||
1953 | You need to define a | ||
1954 | <filename>do_install</filename> function in your | ||
1955 | recipe. | ||
1956 | The function should call | ||
1957 | <filename>oe_runmake install</filename> and will likely | ||
1958 | need to pass in the destination directory as well. | ||
1959 | How you pass that path is dependent on how the | ||
1960 | <filename>Makefile</filename> being run is written | ||
1961 | (e.g. <filename>DESTDIR=${D}</filename>, | ||
1962 | <filename>PREFIX=${D}</filename>, | ||
1963 | <filename>INSTALLROOT=${D}</filename>, and so forth). | ||
1964 | </para> | ||
1965 | <para>For an example recipe using | ||
1966 | <filename>make install</filename>, see the | ||
1967 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-makefile-based-package'>Makefile-Based Package</link>" | ||
1968 | section.</para></listitem> | ||
1969 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Manual:</emphasis> | ||
1970 | You need to define a | ||
1971 | <filename>do_install</filename> function in your | ||
1972 | recipe. | ||
1973 | The function must first use | ||
1974 | <filename>install -d</filename> to create the | ||
1975 | directories. | ||
1976 | Once the directories exist, your function can use | ||
1977 | <filename>install</filename> to manually install the | ||
1978 | built software into the directories.</para> | ||
1979 | <para>You can find more information on | ||
1980 | <filename>install</filename> at | ||
1981 | <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/html_node/install-invocation.html'></ulink>. | ||
1982 | </para></listitem> | ||
1983 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1984 | </para> | ||
1985 | |||
1986 | <para> | ||
1987 | For the scenarios that do not use Autotools or | ||
1988 | CMake, you need to track the installation | ||
1989 | and diagnose and fix any issues until everything installs | ||
1990 | correctly. | ||
1991 | You need to look in the default location of | ||
1992 | <filename>${D}</filename>, which is | ||
1993 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/image</filename>, to be sure your | ||
1994 | files have been installed correctly. | ||
1995 | </para> | ||
1996 | |||
1997 | <note> | ||
1998 | During the installation process, you might need to modify | ||
1999 | some of the installed files to suit the target layout. | ||
2000 | For example, you might need to replace hard-coded paths in an | ||
2001 | initscript with values of variables provided by the build | ||
2002 | system, such as replacing <filename>/usr/bin/</filename> with | ||
2003 | <filename>${bindir}</filename>. | ||
2004 | If you do perform such modifications during | ||
2005 | <filename>do_install</filename>, be sure to modify the | ||
2006 | destination file after copying rather than before copying. | ||
2007 | Modifying after copying ensures that the build system can | ||
2008 | re-execute <filename>do_install</filename> if needed. | ||
2009 | </note> | ||
2010 | |||
2011 | <note> | ||
2012 | <filename>oe_runmake install</filename>, which can be run | ||
2013 | directly or can be run indirectly by the | ||
2014 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-autotools'><filename>autotools</filename></ulink> | ||
2015 | and | ||
2016 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-cmake'><filename>cmake</filename></ulink> | ||
2017 | classes, runs <filename>make install</filename> in parallel. | ||
2018 | Sometimes, a Makefile can have missing dependencies between | ||
2019 | targets that can result in race conditions. | ||
2020 | If you experience intermittent failures during | ||
2021 | <filename>do_install</filename>, you might be able to work | ||
2022 | around them by disabling parallel Makefile installs | ||
2023 | by adding the following to the recipe: | ||
2024 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2025 | PARALLEL_MAKEINST = "" | ||
2026 | </literallayout> | ||
2027 | See | ||
2028 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PARALLEL_MAKEINST'><filename>PARALLEL_MAKEINST</filename></ulink> | ||
2029 | for additional information. | ||
2030 | </note> | ||
2031 | </section> | ||
2032 | |||
2033 | <section id='new-recipe-enabling-system-services'> | ||
2034 | <title>Enabling System Services</title> | ||
2035 | |||
2036 | <para> | ||
2037 | If you want to install a service, which is a process that | ||
2038 | usually starts on boot and runs in the background, then | ||
2039 | you must include some additional definitions in your recipe. | ||
2040 | </para> | ||
2041 | |||
2042 | <para> | ||
2043 | If you are adding services and the service initialization | ||
2044 | script or the service file itself is not installed, you must | ||
2045 | provide for that installation in your recipe using a | ||
2046 | <filename>do_install_append</filename> function. | ||
2047 | If your recipe already has a <filename>do_install</filename> | ||
2048 | function, update the function near its end rather than | ||
2049 | adding an additional <filename>do_install_append</filename> | ||
2050 | function. | ||
2051 | </para> | ||
2052 | |||
2053 | <para> | ||
2054 | When you create the installation for your services, you need | ||
2055 | to accomplish what is normally done by | ||
2056 | <filename>make install</filename>. | ||
2057 | In other words, make sure your installation arranges the output | ||
2058 | similar to how it is arranged on the target system. | ||
2059 | </para> | ||
2060 | |||
2061 | <para> | ||
2062 | The OpenEmbedded build system provides support for starting | ||
2063 | services two different ways: | ||
2064 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2065 | <listitem><para><emphasis>SysVinit:</emphasis> | ||
2066 | SysVinit is a system and service manager that | ||
2067 | manages the init system used to control the very basic | ||
2068 | functions of your system. | ||
2069 | The init program is the first program | ||
2070 | started by the Linux kernel when the system boots. | ||
2071 | Init then controls the startup, running and shutdown | ||
2072 | of all other programs.</para> | ||
2073 | <para>To enable a service using SysVinit, your recipe | ||
2074 | needs to inherit the | ||
2075 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-update-rc.d'><filename>update-rc.d</filename></ulink> | ||
2076 | class. | ||
2077 | The class helps facilitate safely installing the | ||
2078 | package on the target.</para> | ||
2079 | <para>You will need to set the | ||
2080 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES'><filename>INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES</filename></ulink>, | ||
2081 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INITSCRIPT_NAME'><filename>INITSCRIPT_NAME</filename></ulink>, | ||
2082 | and | ||
2083 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INITSCRIPT_PARAMS'><filename>INITSCRIPT_PARAMS</filename></ulink> | ||
2084 | variables within your recipe.</para></listitem> | ||
2085 | <listitem><para><emphasis>systemd:</emphasis> | ||
2086 | System Management Daemon (systemd) was designed to | ||
2087 | replace SysVinit and to provide | ||
2088 | enhanced management of services. | ||
2089 | For more information on systemd, see the systemd | ||
2090 | homepage at | ||
2091 | <ulink url='http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/'></ulink>. | ||
2092 | </para> | ||
2093 | <para>To enable a service using systemd, your recipe | ||
2094 | needs to inherit the | ||
2095 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-systemd'><filename>systemd</filename></ulink> | ||
2096 | class. | ||
2097 | See the <filename>systemd.class</filename> file | ||
2098 | located in your | ||
2099 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
2100 | section for more information. | ||
2101 | </para></listitem> | ||
2102 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2103 | </para> | ||
2104 | </section> | ||
2105 | |||
2106 | <section id='new-recipe-packaging'> | ||
2107 | <title>Packaging</title> | ||
2108 | |||
2109 | <para> | ||
2110 | The <filename>do_package</filename> task splits the files | ||
2111 | produced by the recipe into logical components. | ||
2112 | Even software that produces a single binary might still have | ||
2113 | debug symbols, documentation, and other logical components | ||
2114 | that should be split out. | ||
2115 | The <filename>do_package</filename> task ensures that files | ||
2116 | are split up and packaged correctly. | ||
2117 | </para> | ||
2118 | |||
2119 | <para> | ||
2120 | After you build your software, you need to be sure your packages | ||
2121 | are correct. | ||
2122 | Examine the | ||
2123 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}/packages-split</filename> | ||
2124 | directory and make sure files are where you expect them to be. | ||
2125 | </para> | ||
2126 | |||
2127 | <para> | ||
2128 | If you discover problems, you can set | ||
2129 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>, | ||
2130 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES</filename></ulink>, | ||
2131 | <filename>do_install(_append)</filename>, and so forth as | ||
2132 | needed. | ||
2133 | </para> | ||
2134 | |||
2135 | <para> | ||
2136 | See the | ||
2137 | "<link linkend='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'>Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages</link>" | ||
2138 | section for an example that shows how you might split | ||
2139 | your software into more than one package. | ||
2140 | </para> | ||
2141 | |||
2142 | <para> | ||
2143 | For an example showing how to install a post-installation | ||
2144 | script, see the | ||
2145 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-post-installation-scripts'>Post-Installation Scripts</link>" | ||
2146 | section. | ||
2147 | </para> | ||
2148 | </section> | ||
2149 | |||
2150 | <section id='properly-versioning-pre-release-recipes'> | ||
2151 | <title>Properly Versioning Pre-Release Recipes</title> | ||
2152 | |||
2153 | <para> | ||
2154 | Sometimes the name of a recipe can lead to versioning | ||
2155 | problems when the recipe is upgraded to a final release. | ||
2156 | For example, consider the | ||
2157 | <filename>irssi_0.8.16-rc1.bb</filename> recipe file in | ||
2158 | the list of example recipes in the | ||
2159 | "<link linkend='new-recipe-storing-and-naming-the-recipe'>Storing and Naming the Recipe</link>" | ||
2160 | section. | ||
2161 | This recipe is at a release candidate stage (i.e. | ||
2162 | "rc1"). | ||
2163 | When the recipe is released, the recipe filename becomes | ||
2164 | <filename>irssi_0.8.16.bb</filename>. | ||
2165 | The version change from <filename>0.8.16-rc1</filename> | ||
2166 | to <filename>0.8.16</filename> is seen as a decrease by the | ||
2167 | build system and package managers, so the resulting packages | ||
2168 | will not correctly trigger an upgrade. | ||
2169 | </para> | ||
2170 | |||
2171 | <para> | ||
2172 | In order to ensure the versions compare properly, the | ||
2173 | recommended convention is to set | ||
2174 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
2175 | within the recipe to | ||
2176 | "<previous version>+<current version>". | ||
2177 | You can use an additional variable so that you can use the | ||
2178 | current version elsewhere. | ||
2179 | Here is an example: | ||
2180 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2181 | REALPV = "0.8.16-rc1" | ||
2182 | PV = "0.8.15+${REALPV}" | ||
2183 | </literallayout> | ||
2184 | </para> | ||
2185 | </section> | ||
2186 | |||
2187 | <section id='new-recipe-post-installation-scripts'> | ||
2188 | <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title> | ||
2189 | |||
2190 | <para> | ||
2191 | Post-installation scripts run immediately after installing | ||
2192 | a package on the target, or during image creation when a | ||
2193 | package is included in an image. | ||
2194 | To add a post-installation script to a package, add a | ||
2195 | <filename>pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME()</filename> function to | ||
2196 | the recipe file (<filename>.bb</filename>) and use | ||
2197 | <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename> as the name of the package | ||
2198 | you want to attach to the <filename>postinst</filename> | ||
2199 | script. | ||
2200 | To apply the post-installation script to the main package | ||
2201 | for the recipe, which is usually what is required, specify | ||
2202 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
2203 | in place of <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename>. | ||
2204 | </para> | ||
2205 | |||
2206 | <para> | ||
2207 | A post-installation function has the following structure: | ||
2208 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2209 | pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () { | ||
2210 | #!/bin/sh -e | ||
2211 | # Commands to carry out | ||
2212 | } | ||
2213 | </literallayout> | ||
2214 | </para> | ||
2215 | |||
2216 | <para> | ||
2217 | The script defined in the post-installation function is | ||
2218 | called when the root filesystem is created. | ||
2219 | If the script succeeds, the package is marked as installed. | ||
2220 | If the script fails, the package is marked as unpacked and | ||
2221 | the script is executed when the image boots again. | ||
2222 | </para> | ||
2223 | |||
2224 | <para> | ||
2225 | Sometimes it is necessary for the execution of a | ||
2226 | post-installation script to be delayed until the first boot. | ||
2227 | For example, the script might need to be executed on the | ||
2228 | device itself. | ||
2229 | To delay script execution until boot time, use the following | ||
2230 | structure in the post-installation script: | ||
2231 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2232 | pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () { | ||
2233 | #!/bin/sh -e | ||
2234 | if [ x"$D" = "x" ]; then | ||
2235 | # Actions to carry out on the device go here | ||
2236 | else | ||
2237 | exit 1 | ||
2238 | fi | ||
2239 | } | ||
2240 | </literallayout> | ||
2241 | </para> | ||
2242 | |||
2243 | <para> | ||
2244 | The previous example delays execution until the image boots | ||
2245 | again because the | ||
2246 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'>D</ulink></filename> | ||
2247 | variable points to the directory containing the image when | ||
2248 | the root filesystem is created at build time but is unset | ||
2249 | when executed on the first boot. | ||
2250 | </para> | ||
2251 | |||
2252 | <note> | ||
2253 | Equivalent support for pre-install, pre-uninstall, and | ||
2254 | post-uninstall scripts exist by way of | ||
2255 | <filename>pkg_preinst</filename>, | ||
2256 | <filename>pkg_prerm</filename>, and | ||
2257 | <filename>pkg_postrm</filename>, respectively. | ||
2258 | These scrips work in exactly the same way as does | ||
2259 | <filename>pkg_postinst</filename> with the exception that they | ||
2260 | run at different times. | ||
2261 | Also, because of when they run, they are not applicable to | ||
2262 | being run at image creation time like | ||
2263 | <filename>pkg_postinst</filename>. | ||
2264 | </note> | ||
2265 | </section> | ||
2266 | |||
2267 | <section id='new-recipe-testing'> | ||
2268 | <title>Testing</title> | ||
2269 | |||
2270 | <para> | ||
2271 | The final step for completing your recipe is to be sure that | ||
2272 | the software you built runs correctly. | ||
2273 | To accomplish runtime testing, add the build's output | ||
2274 | packages to your image and test them on the target. | ||
2275 | </para> | ||
2276 | |||
2277 | <para> | ||
2278 | For information on how to customize your image by adding | ||
2279 | specific packages, see the | ||
2280 | "<link linkend='usingpoky-extend-customimage'>Customizing Images</link>" | ||
2281 | section. | ||
2282 | </para> | ||
2283 | </section> | ||
2284 | |||
2285 | <section id='new-recipe-testing-examples'> | ||
2286 | <title>Examples</title> | ||
2287 | |||
2288 | <para> | ||
2289 | To help summarize how to write a recipe, this section provides | ||
2290 | some examples given various scenarios: | ||
2291 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2292 | <listitem><para>Recipes that use local files</para></listitem> | ||
2293 | <listitem><para>Using an Autotooled package</para></listitem> | ||
2294 | <listitem><para>Using a Makefile-based package</para></listitem> | ||
2295 | <listitem><para>Splitting an application into multiple packages</para></listitem> | ||
2296 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2297 | </para> | ||
2298 | |||
2299 | <section id='new-recipe-single-c-file-package-hello-world'> | ||
2300 | <title>Single .c File Package (Hello World!)</title> | ||
2301 | |||
2302 | <para> | ||
2303 | Building an application from a single file that is stored | ||
2304 | locally (e.g. under <filename>files/</filename>) requires | ||
2305 | a recipe that has the file listed in the | ||
2306 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename> | ||
2307 | variable. | ||
2308 | Additionally, you need to manually write the | ||
2309 | <filename>do_compile</filename> and | ||
2310 | <filename>do_install</filename> tasks. | ||
2311 | The <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> | ||
2312 | variable defines the directory containing the source code, | ||
2313 | which is set to | ||
2314 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink> | ||
2315 | in this case - the directory BitBake uses for the build. | ||
2316 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2317 | SUMMARY = "Simple helloworld application" | ||
2318 | SECTION = "examples" | ||
2319 | LICENSE = "MIT" | ||
2320 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT;md5=0835ade698e0bcf8506ecda2f7b4f302" | ||
2321 | |||
2322 | SRC_URI = "file://helloworld.c" | ||
2323 | |||
2324 | S = "${WORKDIR}" | ||
2325 | |||
2326 | do_compile() { | ||
2327 | ${CC} helloworld.c -o helloworld | ||
2328 | } | ||
2329 | |||
2330 | do_install() { | ||
2331 | install -d ${D}${bindir} | ||
2332 | install -m 0755 helloworld ${D}${bindir} | ||
2333 | } | ||
2334 | </literallayout> | ||
2335 | </para> | ||
2336 | |||
2337 | <para> | ||
2338 | By default, the <filename>helloworld</filename>, | ||
2339 | <filename>helloworld-dbg</filename>, and | ||
2340 | <filename>helloworld-dev</filename> packages are built. | ||
2341 | For information on how to customize the packaging process, | ||
2342 | see the | ||
2343 | "<link linkend='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'>Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages</link>" | ||
2344 | section. | ||
2345 | </para> | ||
2346 | </section> | ||
2347 | |||
2348 | <section id='new-recipe-autotooled-package'> | ||
2349 | <title>Autotooled Package</title> | ||
2350 | <para> | ||
2351 | Applications that use Autotools such as <filename>autoconf</filename> and | ||
2352 | <filename>automake</filename> require a recipe that has a source archive listed in | ||
2353 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename> and | ||
2354 | also inherit the | ||
2355 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-autotools'><filename>autotools</filename></ulink> | ||
2356 | class, which contains the definitions of all the steps | ||
2357 | needed to build an Autotool-based application. | ||
2358 | The result of the build is automatically packaged. | ||
2359 | And, if the application uses NLS for localization, packages with local information are | ||
2360 | generated (one package per language). | ||
2361 | Following is one example: (<filename>hello_2.3.bb</filename>) | ||
2362 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2363 | SUMMARY = "GNU Helloworld application" | ||
2364 | SECTION = "examples" | ||
2365 | LICENSE = "GPLv2+" | ||
2366 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=751419260aa954499f7abaabaa882bbe" | ||
2367 | |||
2368 | SRC_URI = "${GNU_MIRROR}/hello/hello-${PV}.tar.gz" | ||
2369 | |||
2370 | inherit autotools gettext | ||
2371 | </literallayout> | ||
2372 | </para> | ||
2373 | |||
2374 | <para> | ||
2375 | The variable | ||
2376 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</ulink></filename> | ||
2377 | is used to track source license changes as described in the | ||
2378 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#usingpoky-configuring-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>Tracking License Changes</ulink>" section. | ||
2379 | You can quickly create Autotool-based recipes in a manner similar to the previous example. | ||
2380 | </para> | ||
2381 | </section> | ||
2382 | |||
2383 | <section id='new-recipe-makefile-based-package'> | ||
2384 | <title>Makefile-Based Package</title> | ||
2385 | |||
2386 | <para> | ||
2387 | Applications that use GNU <filename>make</filename> also require a recipe that has | ||
2388 | the source archive listed in | ||
2389 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>. | ||
2390 | You do not need to add a <filename>do_compile</filename> step since by default BitBake | ||
2391 | starts the <filename>make</filename> command to compile the application. | ||
2392 | If you need additional <filename>make</filename> options, you should store them in the | ||
2393 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OEMAKE'>EXTRA_OEMAKE</ulink></filename> | ||
2394 | variable. | ||
2395 | BitBake passes these options into the <filename>make</filename> GNU invocation. | ||
2396 | Note that a <filename>do_install</filename> task is still required. | ||
2397 | Otherwise, BitBake runs an empty <filename>do_install</filename> task by default. | ||
2398 | </para> | ||
2399 | |||
2400 | <para> | ||
2401 | Some applications might require extra parameters to be passed to the compiler. | ||
2402 | For example, the application might need an additional header path. | ||
2403 | You can accomplish this by adding to the | ||
2404 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'>CFLAGS</ulink></filename> variable. | ||
2405 | The following example shows this: | ||
2406 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2407 | CFLAGS_prepend = "-I ${S}/include " | ||
2408 | </literallayout> | ||
2409 | </para> | ||
2410 | |||
2411 | <para> | ||
2412 | In the following example, <filename>mtd-utils</filename> is a makefile-based package: | ||
2413 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2414 | SUMMARY = "Tools for managing memory technology devices." | ||
2415 | SECTION = "base" | ||
2416 | DEPENDS = "zlib lzo e2fsprogs util-linux" | ||
2417 | HOMEPAGE = "http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/" | ||
2418 | LICENSE = "GPLv2+" | ||
2419 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=0636e73ff0215e8d672dc4c32c317bb3 \ | ||
2420 | file://include/common.h;beginline=1;endline=17;md5=ba05b07912a44ea2bf81ce409380049c" | ||
2421 | |||
2422 | SRC_URI = "git://git.infradead.org/mtd-utils.git;protocol=git;tag=995cfe51b0a3cf32f381c140bf72b21bf91cef1b \ | ||
2423 | file://add-exclusion-to-mkfs-jffs2-git-2.patch" | ||
2424 | |||
2425 | S = "${WORKDIR}/git/" | ||
2426 | |||
2427 | PR = "r1" | ||
2428 | |||
2429 | EXTRA_OEMAKE = "'CC=${CC}' 'RANLIB=${RANLIB}' 'AR=${AR}' \ | ||
2430 | 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} -I${S}/include -DWITHOUT_XATTR' 'BUILDDIR=${S}'" | ||
2431 | |||
2432 | do_install () { | ||
2433 | oe_runmake install DESTDIR=${D} SBINDIR=${sbindir} MANDIR=${mandir} \ | ||
2434 | INCLUDEDIR=${includedir} | ||
2435 | install -d ${D}${includedir}/mtd/ | ||
2436 | for f in ${S}/include/mtd/*.h; do | ||
2437 | install -m 0644 $f ${D}${includedir}/mtd/ | ||
2438 | done | ||
2439 | } | ||
2440 | |||
2441 | PARALLEL_MAKE = "" | ||
2442 | |||
2443 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" | ||
2444 | </literallayout> | ||
2445 | </para> | ||
2446 | </section> | ||
2447 | |||
2448 | <section id='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'> | ||
2449 | <title>Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages</title> | ||
2450 | |||
2451 | <para> | ||
2452 | You can use the variables | ||
2453 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename> and | ||
2454 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'>FILES</ulink></filename> | ||
2455 | to split an application into multiple packages. | ||
2456 | </para> | ||
2457 | |||
2458 | <para> | ||
2459 | Following is an example that uses the <filename>libxpm</filename> recipe. | ||
2460 | By default, this recipe generates a single package that contains the library along | ||
2461 | with a few binaries. | ||
2462 | You can modify the recipe to split the binaries into separate packages: | ||
2463 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2464 | require xorg-lib-common.inc | ||
2465 | |||
2466 | SUMMARY = "X11 Pixmap library" | ||
2467 | LICENSE = "X-BSD" | ||
2468 | LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=3e07763d16963c3af12db271a31abaa5" | ||
2469 | DEPENDS += "libxext libsm libxt" | ||
2470 | PR = "r3" | ||
2471 | PE = "1" | ||
2472 | |||
2473 | XORG_PN = "libXpm" | ||
2474 | |||
2475 | PACKAGES =+ "sxpm cxpm" | ||
2476 | FILES_cxpm = "${bindir}/cxpm" | ||
2477 | FILES_sxpm = "${bindir}/sxpm" | ||
2478 | </literallayout> | ||
2479 | </para> | ||
2480 | |||
2481 | <para> | ||
2482 | In the previous example, we want to ship the <filename>sxpm</filename> | ||
2483 | and <filename>cxpm</filename> binaries in separate packages. | ||
2484 | Since <filename>bindir</filename> would be packaged into the main | ||
2485 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'>PN</ulink></filename> | ||
2486 | package by default, we prepend the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> | ||
2487 | variable so additional package names are added to the start of list. | ||
2488 | This results in the extra <filename>FILES_*</filename> | ||
2489 | variables then containing information that define which files and | ||
2490 | directories go into which packages. | ||
2491 | Files included by earlier packages are skipped by latter packages. | ||
2492 | Thus, the main <filename>PN</filename> package | ||
2493 | does not include the above listed files. | ||
2494 | </para> | ||
2495 | </section> | ||
2496 | </section> | ||
2497 | </section> | ||
2498 | |||
2499 | <section id="platdev-newmachine"> | ||
2500 | <title>Adding a New Machine</title> | ||
2501 | |||
2502 | <para> | ||
2503 | Adding a new machine to the Yocto Project is a straight forward | ||
2504 | process. | ||
2505 | This section describes how to add machines that are similar | ||
2506 | to those that the Yocto Project already supports. | ||
2507 | <note> | ||
2508 | Although well within the capabilities of the Yocto Project, | ||
2509 | adding a totally new architecture might require | ||
2510 | changes to <filename>gcc/eglibc</filename> and to the site | ||
2511 | information, which is beyond the scope of this manual. | ||
2512 | </note> | ||
2513 | </para> | ||
2514 | |||
2515 | <para> | ||
2516 | For a complete example that shows how to add a new machine, | ||
2517 | see the | ||
2518 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>" | ||
2519 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide. | ||
2520 | </para> | ||
2521 | |||
2522 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-conffile"> | ||
2523 | <title>Adding the Machine Configuration File</title> | ||
2524 | |||
2525 | <para> | ||
2526 | To add a new machine, you need to add a new machine | ||
2527 | configuration file to the layer's | ||
2528 | <filename>conf/machine</filename> directory. | ||
2529 | This configuration file provides details about the device | ||
2530 | you are adding. | ||
2531 | </para> | ||
2532 | |||
2533 | <para> | ||
2534 | The OpenEmbedded build system uses the root name of the | ||
2535 | machine configuration file to reference the new machine. | ||
2536 | For example, given a machine configuration file named | ||
2537 | <filename>crownbay.conf</filename>, the build system | ||
2538 | recognizes the machine as "crownbay". | ||
2539 | </para> | ||
2540 | |||
2541 | <para> | ||
2542 | The most important variables you must set in your machine | ||
2543 | configuration file are as follows: | ||
2544 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2545 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_ARCH'>TARGET_ARCH</ulink></filename> | ||
2546 | (e.g. "arm")</para></listitem> | ||
2547 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</ulink>_virtual/kernel</filename> | ||
2548 | (see below)</para></listitem> | ||
2549 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE_FEATURES'>MACHINE_FEATURES</ulink></filename> | ||
2550 | (e.g. "apm screen wifi")</para></listitem> | ||
2551 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2552 | </para> | ||
2553 | |||
2554 | <para> | ||
2555 | You might also need these variables: | ||
2556 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2557 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SERIAL_CONSOLES'>SERIAL_CONSOLES</ulink></filename> | ||
2558 | (e.g. "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1")</para></listitem> | ||
2559 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-KERNEL_IMAGETYPE'>KERNEL_IMAGETYPE</ulink></filename> | ||
2560 | (e.g. "zImage")</para></listitem> | ||
2561 | <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FSTYPES'>IMAGE_FSTYPES</ulink></filename> | ||
2562 | (e.g. "tar.gz jffs2")</para></listitem> | ||
2563 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2564 | </para> | ||
2565 | |||
2566 | <para> | ||
2567 | You can find full details on these variables in the reference | ||
2568 | section. | ||
2569 | You can leverage existing machine <filename>.conf</filename> | ||
2570 | files from <filename>meta-yocto-bsp/conf/machine/</filename>. | ||
2571 | </para> | ||
2572 | </section> | ||
2573 | |||
2574 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-kernel"> | ||
2575 | <title>Adding a Kernel for the Machine</title> | ||
2576 | |||
2577 | <para> | ||
2578 | The OpenEmbedded build system needs to be able to build a kernel | ||
2579 | for the machine. | ||
2580 | You need to either create a new kernel recipe for this machine, | ||
2581 | or extend an existing kernel recipe. | ||
2582 | You can find several kernel recipe examples in the | ||
2583 | Source Directory at | ||
2584 | <filename>meta/recipes-kernel/linux</filename> | ||
2585 | that you can use as references. | ||
2586 | </para> | ||
2587 | |||
2588 | <para> | ||
2589 | If you are creating a new kernel recipe, normal recipe-writing | ||
2590 | rules apply for setting up a | ||
2591 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>. | ||
2592 | Thus, you need to specify any necessary patches and set | ||
2593 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> | ||
2594 | to point at the source code. | ||
2595 | You need to create a <filename>do_configure</filename> task that | ||
2596 | configures the unpacked kernel with a | ||
2597 | <filename>defconfig</filename> file. | ||
2598 | You can do this by using a <filename>make defconfig</filename> | ||
2599 | command or, more commonly, by copying in a suitable | ||
2600 | <filename>defconfig</filename> file and then running | ||
2601 | <filename>make oldconfig</filename>. | ||
2602 | By making use of <filename>inherit kernel</filename> and | ||
2603 | potentially some of the <filename>linux-*.inc</filename> files, | ||
2604 | most other functionality is centralized and the defaults of the | ||
2605 | class normally work well. | ||
2606 | </para> | ||
2607 | |||
2608 | <para> | ||
2609 | If you are extending an existing kernel recipe, it is usually | ||
2610 | a matter of adding a suitable <filename>defconfig</filename> | ||
2611 | file. | ||
2612 | The file needs to be added into a location similar to | ||
2613 | <filename>defconfig</filename> files used for other machines | ||
2614 | in a given kernel recipe. | ||
2615 | A possible way to do this is by listing the file in the | ||
2616 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> and adding the machine to the | ||
2617 | expression in | ||
2618 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-COMPATIBLE_MACHINE'>COMPATIBLE_MACHINE</ulink></filename>: | ||
2619 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2620 | COMPATIBLE_MACHINE = '(qemux86|qemumips)' | ||
2621 | </literallayout> | ||
2622 | </para> | ||
2623 | </section> | ||
2624 | |||
2625 | <section id="platdev-newmachine-formfactor"> | ||
2626 | <title>Adding a Formfactor Configuration File</title> | ||
2627 | |||
2628 | <para> | ||
2629 | A formfactor configuration file provides information about the | ||
2630 | target hardware for which the image is being built and information that | ||
2631 | the build system cannot obtain from other sources such as the kernel. | ||
2632 | Some examples of information contained in a formfactor configuration file include | ||
2633 | framebuffer orientation, whether or not the system has a keyboard, | ||
2634 | the positioning of the keyboard in relation to the screen, and | ||
2635 | the screen resolution. | ||
2636 | </para> | ||
2637 | |||
2638 | <para> | ||
2639 | The build system uses reasonable defaults in most cases. | ||
2640 | However, if customization is | ||
2641 | necessary, you need to create a <filename>machconfig</filename> file | ||
2642 | in the <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files</filename> | ||
2643 | directory. | ||
2644 | This directory contains directories for specific machines such as | ||
2645 | <filename>qemuarm</filename> and <filename>qemux86</filename>. | ||
2646 | For information about the settings available and the defaults, see the | ||
2647 | <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files/config</filename> file found in the | ||
2648 | same area. | ||
2649 | </para> | ||
2650 | |||
2651 | <para> | ||
2652 | Following is an example for "qemuarm" machine: | ||
2653 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2654 | HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1 | ||
2655 | HAVE_KEYBOARD=1 | ||
2656 | |||
2657 | DISPLAY_CAN_ROTATE=0 | ||
2658 | DISPLAY_ORIENTATION=0 | ||
2659 | #DISPLAY_WIDTH_PIXELS=640 | ||
2660 | #DISPLAY_HEIGHT_PIXELS=480 | ||
2661 | #DISPLAY_BPP=16 | ||
2662 | DISPLAY_DPI=150 | ||
2663 | DISPLAY_SUBPIXEL_ORDER=vrgb | ||
2664 | </literallayout> | ||
2665 | </para> | ||
2666 | </section> | ||
2667 | </section> | ||
2668 | |||
2669 | <section id="platdev-working-with-libraries"> | ||
2670 | <title>Working With Libraries</title> | ||
2671 | |||
2672 | <para> | ||
2673 | Libraries are an integral part of your system. | ||
2674 | This section describes some common practices you might find | ||
2675 | helpful when working with libraries to build your system: | ||
2676 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2677 | <listitem><para><link linkend='including-static-library-files'>How to include static library files</link> | ||
2678 | </para></listitem> | ||
2679 | <listitem><para><link linkend='combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image'>How to use the Multilib feature to combine multiple versions of library files into a single image</link> | ||
2680 | </para></listitem> | ||
2681 | <listitem><para><link linkend='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'>How to install multiple versions of the same library in parallel on the same system</link> | ||
2682 | </para></listitem> | ||
2683 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2684 | </para> | ||
2685 | |||
2686 | <section id='including-static-library-files'> | ||
2687 | <title>Including Static Library Files</title> | ||
2688 | |||
2689 | <para> | ||
2690 | If you are building a library and the library offers static linking, you can control | ||
2691 | which static library files (<filename>*.a</filename> files) get included in the | ||
2692 | built library. | ||
2693 | </para> | ||
2694 | |||
2695 | <para> | ||
2696 | The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
2697 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES_*</filename></ulink> | ||
2698 | variables in the | ||
2699 | <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename> configuration file define how files installed | ||
2700 | by the <filename>do_install</filename> task are packaged. | ||
2701 | By default, the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable contains | ||
2702 | <filename>${PN}-staticdev</filename>, which includes all static library files. | ||
2703 | <note> | ||
2704 | Some previously released versions of the Yocto Project | ||
2705 | defined the static library files through | ||
2706 | <filename>${PN}-dev</filename>. | ||
2707 | </note> | ||
2708 | Following, is part of the BitBake configuration file. | ||
2709 | You can see where the static library files are defined: | ||
2710 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2711 | PACKAGES = "${PN}-dbg ${PN} ${PN}-doc ${PN}-dev ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-locale" | ||
2712 | PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "${PN}-locale-*" | ||
2713 | FILES = "" | ||
2714 | |||
2715 | FILES_${PN} = "${bindir}/* ${sbindir}/* ${libexecdir}/* ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBS} \ | ||
2716 | ${sysconfdir} ${sharedstatedir} ${localstatedir} \ | ||
2717 | ${base_bindir}/* ${base_sbindir}/* \ | ||
2718 | ${base_libdir}/*${SOLIBS} \ | ||
2719 | ${datadir}/${BPN} ${libdir}/${BPN}/* \ | ||
2720 | ${datadir}/pixmaps ${datadir}/applications \ | ||
2721 | ${datadir}/idl ${datadir}/omf ${datadir}/sounds \ | ||
2722 | ${libdir}/bonobo/servers" | ||
2723 | |||
2724 | FILES_${PN}-doc = "${docdir} ${mandir} ${infodir} ${datadir}/gtk-doc \ | ||
2725 | ${datadir}/gnome/help" | ||
2726 | SECTION_${PN}-doc = "doc" | ||
2727 | |||
2728 | FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/*.la \ | ||
2729 | ${libdir}/*.o ${libdir}/pkgconfig ${datadir}/pkgconfig \ | ||
2730 | ${datadir}/aclocal ${base_libdir}/*.o" | ||
2731 | SECTION_${PN}-dev = "devel" | ||
2732 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" | ||
2733 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" | ||
2734 | |||
2735 | FILES_${PN}-staticdev = "${libdir}/*.a ${base_libdir}/*.a" | ||
2736 | SECTION_${PN}-staticdev = "devel" | ||
2737 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-staticdev = "${PN}-dev (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" | ||
2738 | </literallayout> | ||
2739 | </para> | ||
2740 | </section> | ||
2741 | |||
2742 | <section id="combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image"> | ||
2743 | <title>Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image</title> | ||
2744 | |||
2745 | <para> | ||
2746 | The build system offers the ability to build libraries with different | ||
2747 | target optimizations or architecture formats and combine these together | ||
2748 | into one system image. | ||
2749 | You can link different binaries in the image | ||
2750 | against the different libraries as needed for specific use cases. | ||
2751 | This feature is called "Multilib." | ||
2752 | </para> | ||
2753 | |||
2754 | <para> | ||
2755 | An example would be where you have most of a system compiled in 32-bit | ||
2756 | mode using 32-bit libraries, but you have something large, like a database | ||
2757 | engine, that needs to be a 64-bit application and uses 64-bit libraries. | ||
2758 | Multilib allows you to get the best of both 32-bit and 64-bit libraries. | ||
2759 | </para> | ||
2760 | |||
2761 | <para> | ||
2762 | While the Multilib feature is most commonly used for 32 and 64-bit differences, | ||
2763 | the approach the build system uses facilitates different target optimizations. | ||
2764 | You could compile some binaries to use one set of libraries and other binaries | ||
2765 | to use other different sets of libraries. | ||
2766 | The libraries could differ in architecture, compiler options, or other | ||
2767 | optimizations. | ||
2768 | </para> | ||
2769 | |||
2770 | <para> | ||
2771 | This section overviews the Multilib process only. | ||
2772 | For more details on how to implement Multilib, see the | ||
2773 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Multilib'>Multilib</ulink> wiki | ||
2774 | page. | ||
2775 | </para> | ||
2776 | |||
2777 | <para> | ||
2778 | Aside from this wiki page, several examples exist in the | ||
2779 | <filename>meta-skeleton</filename> layer found in the | ||
2780 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>: | ||
2781 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2782 | <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example.conf</filename> | ||
2783 | configuration file</para></listitem> | ||
2784 | <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example2.conf</filename> | ||
2785 | configuration file</para></listitem> | ||
2786 | <listitem><para><filename>recipes-multilib/images/core-image-multilib-example.bb</filename> | ||
2787 | recipe</para></listitem> | ||
2788 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2789 | </para> | ||
2790 | |||
2791 | <section id='preparing-to-use-multilib'> | ||
2792 | <title>Preparing to Use Multilib</title> | ||
2793 | |||
2794 | <para> | ||
2795 | User-specific requirements drive the Multilib feature. | ||
2796 | Consequently, there is no one "out-of-the-box" configuration that likely | ||
2797 | exists to meet your needs. | ||
2798 | </para> | ||
2799 | |||
2800 | <para> | ||
2801 | In order to enable Multilib, you first need to ensure your recipe is | ||
2802 | extended to support multiple libraries. | ||
2803 | Many standard recipes are already extended and support multiple libraries. | ||
2804 | You can check in the <filename>meta/conf/multilib.conf</filename> | ||
2805 | configuration file in the | ||
2806 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> to see how this is | ||
2807 | done using the | ||
2808 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBCLASSEXTEND'><filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename></ulink> | ||
2809 | variable. | ||
2810 | Eventually, all recipes will be covered and this list will | ||
2811 | not be needed. | ||
2812 | </para> | ||
2813 | |||
2814 | <para> | ||
2815 | For the most part, the Multilib class extension works automatically to | ||
2816 | extend the package name from <filename>${PN}</filename> to | ||
2817 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}${PN}</filename>, where <filename>MLPREFIX</filename> | ||
2818 | is the particular multilib (e.g. "lib32-" or "lib64-"). | ||
2819 | Standard variables such as | ||
2820 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
2821 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
2822 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RPROVIDES'><filename>RPROVIDES</filename></ulink>, | ||
2823 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink>, | ||
2824 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>, | ||
2825 | and <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> are automatically extended by the system. | ||
2826 | If you are extending any manual code in the recipe, you can use the | ||
2827 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable to ensure those names are extended | ||
2828 | correctly. | ||
2829 | This automatic extension code resides in <filename>multilib.bbclass</filename>. | ||
2830 | </para> | ||
2831 | </section> | ||
2832 | |||
2833 | <section id='using-multilib'> | ||
2834 | <title>Using Multilib</title> | ||
2835 | |||
2836 | <para> | ||
2837 | After you have set up the recipes, you need to define the actual | ||
2838 | combination of multiple libraries you want to build. | ||
2839 | You accomplish this through your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
2840 | configuration file in the | ||
2841 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
2842 | An example configuration would be as follows: | ||
2843 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2844 | MACHINE = "qemux86-64" | ||
2845 | require conf/multilib.conf | ||
2846 | MULTILIBS = "multilib:lib32" | ||
2847 | DEFAULTTUNE_virtclass-multilib-lib32 = "x86" | ||
2848 | IMAGE_INSTALL = "lib32-connman" | ||
2849 | </literallayout> | ||
2850 | This example enables an | ||
2851 | additional library named <filename>lib32</filename> alongside the | ||
2852 | normal target packages. | ||
2853 | When combining these "lib32" alternatives, the example uses "x86" for tuning. | ||
2854 | For information on this particular tuning, see | ||
2855 | <filename>meta/conf/machine/include/ia32/arch-ia32.inc</filename>. | ||
2856 | </para> | ||
2857 | |||
2858 | <para> | ||
2859 | The example then includes <filename>lib32-connman</filename> | ||
2860 | in all the images, which illustrates one method of including a | ||
2861 | multiple library dependency. | ||
2862 | You can use a normal image build to include this dependency, | ||
2863 | for example: | ||
2864 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2865 | $ bitbake core-image-sato | ||
2866 | </literallayout> | ||
2867 | You can also build Multilib packages specifically with a command like this: | ||
2868 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2869 | $ bitbake lib32-connman | ||
2870 | </literallayout> | ||
2871 | </para> | ||
2872 | </section> | ||
2873 | |||
2874 | <section id='additional-implementation-details'> | ||
2875 | <title>Additional Implementation Details</title> | ||
2876 | |||
2877 | <para> | ||
2878 | Different packaging systems have different levels of native Multilib | ||
2879 | support. | ||
2880 | For the RPM Package Management System, the following implementation details | ||
2881 | exist: | ||
2882 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2883 | <listitem><para>A unique architecture is defined for the Multilib packages, | ||
2884 | along with creating a unique deploy folder under | ||
2885 | <filename>tmp/deploy/rpm</filename> in the | ||
2886 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
2887 | For example, consider <filename>lib32</filename> in a | ||
2888 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> image. | ||
2889 | The possible architectures in the system are "all", "qemux86_64", | ||
2890 | "lib32_qemux86_64", and "lib32_x86".</para></listitem> | ||
2891 | <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable is stripped from | ||
2892 | <filename>${PN}</filename> during RPM packaging. | ||
2893 | The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib RPM package in a | ||
2894 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something similar to | ||
2895 | <filename>bash-4.1-r2.x86_64.rpm</filename> and | ||
2896 | <filename>bash-4.1.r2.lib32_x86.rpm</filename>, respectively. | ||
2897 | </para></listitem> | ||
2898 | <listitem><para>When installing a Multilib image, the RPM backend first | ||
2899 | installs the base image and then installs the Multilib libraries. | ||
2900 | </para></listitem> | ||
2901 | <listitem><para>The build system relies on RPM to resolve the identical files in the | ||
2902 | two (or more) Multilib packages.</para></listitem> | ||
2903 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2904 | </para> | ||
2905 | |||
2906 | <para> | ||
2907 | For the IPK Package Management System, the following implementation details exist: | ||
2908 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2909 | <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> is not stripped from | ||
2910 | <filename>${PN}</filename> during IPK packaging. | ||
2911 | The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib IPK package in a | ||
2912 | <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something like | ||
2913 | <filename>bash_4.1-r2.x86_64.ipk</filename> and | ||
2914 | <filename>lib32-bash_4.1-rw_x86.ipk</filename>, respectively. | ||
2915 | </para></listitem> | ||
2916 | <listitem><para>The IPK deploy folder is not modified with | ||
2917 | <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> because packages with and without | ||
2918 | the Multilib feature can exist in the same folder due to the | ||
2919 | <filename>${PN}</filename> differences.</para></listitem> | ||
2920 | <listitem><para>IPK defines a sanity check for Multilib installation | ||
2921 | using certain rules for file comparison, overridden, etc. | ||
2922 | </para></listitem> | ||
2923 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2924 | </para> | ||
2925 | </section> | ||
2926 | </section> | ||
2927 | |||
2928 | <section id='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'> | ||
2929 | <title>Installing Multiple Versions of the Same Library</title> | ||
2930 | |||
2931 | <para> | ||
2932 | Situations can exist where you need to install and use | ||
2933 | multiple versions of the same library on the same system | ||
2934 | at the same time. | ||
2935 | These situations almost always exist when a library API | ||
2936 | changes and you have multiple pieces of software that | ||
2937 | depend on the separate versions of the library. | ||
2938 | To accommodate these situations, you can install multiple | ||
2939 | versions of the same library in parallel on the same system. | ||
2940 | </para> | ||
2941 | |||
2942 | <para> | ||
2943 | The process is straight forward as long as the libraries use | ||
2944 | proper versioning. | ||
2945 | With properly versioned libraries, all you need to do to | ||
2946 | individually specify the libraries is create separate, | ||
2947 | appropriately named recipes where the | ||
2948 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink> part of the | ||
2949 | name includes a portion that differentiates each library version | ||
2950 | (e.g.the major part of the version number). | ||
2951 | Thus, instead of having a single recipe that loads one version | ||
2952 | of a library (e.g. <filename>clutter</filename>), you provide | ||
2953 | multiple recipes that result in different versions | ||
2954 | of the libraries you want. | ||
2955 | As an example, the following two recipes would allow the | ||
2956 | two separate versions of the <filename>clutter</filename> | ||
2957 | library to co-exist on the same system: | ||
2958 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2959 | clutter-1.6_1.6.20.bb | ||
2960 | clutter-1.8_1.8.4.bb | ||
2961 | </literallayout> | ||
2962 | Additionally, if you have other recipes that depend on a given | ||
2963 | library, you need to use the | ||
2964 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
2965 | variable to create the dependency. | ||
2966 | Continuing with the same example, if you want to have a recipe | ||
2967 | depend on the 1.8 version of the <filename>clutter</filename> | ||
2968 | library, use the following in your recipe: | ||
2969 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2970 | DEPENDS = "clutter-1.8" | ||
2971 | </literallayout> | ||
2972 | </para> | ||
2973 | </section> | ||
2974 | </section> | ||
2975 | |||
2976 | <section id='configuring-the-kernel'> | ||
2977 | <title>Configuring the Kernel</title> | ||
2978 | |||
2979 | <para> | ||
2980 | Configuring the Yocto Project kernel consists of making sure the <filename>.config</filename> | ||
2981 | file has all the right information in it for the image you are building. | ||
2982 | You can use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and configuration fragments to | ||
2983 | make sure your <filename>.config</filename> file is just how you need it. | ||
2984 | This section describes how to use <filename>menuconfig</filename>, create and use | ||
2985 | configuration fragments, and how to interactively tweak your <filename>.config</filename> | ||
2986 | file to create the leanest kernel configuration file possible. | ||
2987 | </para> | ||
2988 | |||
2989 | <para> | ||
2990 | For more information on kernel configuration, see the | ||
2991 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#changing-the-configuration'>Changing the Configuration</ulink>" | ||
2992 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. | ||
2993 | </para> | ||
2994 | |||
2995 | <section id='using-menuconfig'> | ||
2996 | <title>Using <filename>menuconfig</filename></title> | ||
2997 | |||
2998 | <para> | ||
2999 | The easiest way to define kernel configurations is to set them through the | ||
3000 | <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool. | ||
3001 | This tool provides an interactive method with which | ||
3002 | to set kernel configurations. | ||
3003 | For general information on <filename>menuconfig</filename>, see | ||
3004 | <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menuconfig'></ulink>. | ||
3005 | </para> | ||
3006 | |||
3007 | <para> | ||
3008 | To use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool in the Yocto Project development | ||
3009 | environment, you must launch it using BitBake. | ||
3010 | Thus, the environment must be set up using the | ||
3011 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
3012 | or | ||
3013 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink> | ||
3014 | script found in the | ||
3015 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
3016 | The following commands run <filename>menuconfig</filename> assuming the | ||
3017 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
3018 | top-level folder is <filename>~/poky</filename>: | ||
3019 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3020 | $ cd poky | ||
3021 | $ source oe-init-build-env | ||
3022 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig | ||
3023 | </literallayout> | ||
3024 | Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> comes up, its standard interface allows you to | ||
3025 | interactively examine and configure all the kernel configuration parameters. | ||
3026 | After making your changes, simply exit the tool and save your changes to | ||
3027 | create an updated version of the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file. | ||
3028 | </para> | ||
3029 | |||
3030 | <para> | ||
3031 | Consider an example that configures the <filename>linux-yocto-3.14</filename> | ||
3032 | kernel. | ||
3033 | The OpenEmbedded build system recognizes this kernel as | ||
3034 | <filename>linux-yocto</filename>. | ||
3035 | Thus, the following commands from the shell in which you previously sourced the | ||
3036 | environment initialization script cleans the shared state cache and the | ||
3037 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink> | ||
3038 | directory and then runs <filename>menuconfig</filename>: | ||
3039 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3040 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig | ||
3041 | </literallayout> | ||
3042 | </para> | ||
3043 | |||
3044 | <para> | ||
3045 | Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> launches, use the interface | ||
3046 | to navigate through the selections to find the configuration settings in | ||
3047 | which you are interested. | ||
3048 | For example, consider the <filename>CONFIG_SMP</filename> configuration setting. | ||
3049 | You can find it at <filename>Processor Type and Features</filename> under | ||
3050 | the configuration selection <filename>Symmetric Multi-processing Support</filename>. | ||
3051 | After highlighting the selection, use the arrow keys to select or deselect | ||
3052 | the setting. | ||
3053 | When you are finished with all your selections, exit out and save them. | ||
3054 | </para> | ||
3055 | |||
3056 | <para> | ||
3057 | Saving the selections updates the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file. | ||
3058 | This is the file that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to configure the | ||
3059 | kernel during the build. | ||
3060 | You can find and examine this file in the Build Directory in | ||
3061 | <filename>tmp/work/</filename>. | ||
3062 | The actual <filename>.config</filename> is located in the area where the | ||
3063 | specific kernel is built. | ||
3064 | For example, if you were building a Linux Yocto kernel based on the | ||
3065 | Linux 3.14 kernel and you were building a QEMU image targeted for | ||
3066 | <filename>x86</filename> architecture, the | ||
3067 | <filename>.config</filename> file would be located here: | ||
3068 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3069 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-3.14.11+git1+84f... | ||
3070 | ...656ed30-r1/linux-qemux86-standard-build | ||
3071 | </literallayout> | ||
3072 | <note> | ||
3073 | The previous example directory is artificially split and many of the characters | ||
3074 | in the actual filename are omitted in order to make it more readable. | ||
3075 | Also, depending on the kernel you are using, the exact pathname | ||
3076 | for <filename>linux-yocto-3.14...</filename> might differ. | ||
3077 | </note> | ||
3078 | </para> | ||
3079 | |||
3080 | <para> | ||
3081 | Within the <filename>.config</filename> file, you can see the kernel settings. | ||
3082 | For example, the following entry shows that symmetric multi-processor support | ||
3083 | is not set: | ||
3084 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3085 | # CONFIG_SMP is not set | ||
3086 | </literallayout> | ||
3087 | </para> | ||
3088 | |||
3089 | <para> | ||
3090 | A good method to isolate changed configurations is to use a combination of the | ||
3091 | <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and simple shell commands. | ||
3092 | Before changing configurations with <filename>menuconfig</filename>, copy the | ||
3093 | existing <filename>.config</filename> and rename it to something else, | ||
3094 | use <filename>menuconfig</filename> to make | ||
3095 | as many changes as you want and save them, then compare the renamed configuration | ||
3096 | file against the newly created file. | ||
3097 | You can use the resulting differences as your base to create configuration fragments | ||
3098 | to permanently save in your kernel layer. | ||
3099 | <note> | ||
3100 | Be sure to make a copy of the <filename>.config</filename> and don't just | ||
3101 | rename it. | ||
3102 | The build system needs an existing <filename>.config</filename> | ||
3103 | from which to work. | ||
3104 | </note> | ||
3105 | </para> | ||
3106 | </section> | ||
3107 | |||
3108 | <section id='creating-config-fragments'> | ||
3109 | <title>Creating Configuration Fragments</title> | ||
3110 | |||
3111 | <para> | ||
3112 | Configuration fragments are simply kernel options that appear in a file | ||
3113 | placed where the OpenEmbedded build system can find and apply them. | ||
3114 | Syntactically, the configuration statement is identical to what would appear | ||
3115 | in the <filename>.config</filename> file, which is in the | ||
3116 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in | ||
3117 | <filename>tmp/work/<arch>-poky-linux/linux-yocto-<release-specific-string>/linux-<arch>-<build-type></filename>. | ||
3118 | </para> | ||
3119 | |||
3120 | <para> | ||
3121 | It is simple to create a configuration fragment. | ||
3122 | For example, issuing the following from the shell creates a configuration fragment | ||
3123 | file named <filename>my_smp.cfg</filename> that enables multi-processor support | ||
3124 | within the kernel: | ||
3125 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3126 | $ echo "CONFIG_SMP=y" >> my_smp.cfg | ||
3127 | </literallayout> | ||
3128 | <note> | ||
3129 | All configuration files must use the <filename>.cfg</filename> extension in order | ||
3130 | for the OpenEmbedded build system to recognize them as a configuration fragment. | ||
3131 | </note> | ||
3132 | </para> | ||
3133 | |||
3134 | <para> | ||
3135 | Where do you put your configuration files? | ||
3136 | You can place these configuration files in the same area pointed to by | ||
3137 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>. | ||
3138 | The OpenEmbedded build system will pick up the configuration and add it to the | ||
3139 | kernel's configuration. | ||
3140 | For example, suppose you had a set of configuration options in a file called | ||
3141 | <filename>myconfig.cfg</filename>. | ||
3142 | If you put that file inside a directory named <filename>linux-yocto</filename> | ||
3143 | that resides in the same directory as the kernel's append file and then add | ||
3144 | a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement such as the following to the kernel's append file, | ||
3145 | those configuration options will be picked up and applied when the kernel is built. | ||
3146 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3147 | SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg" | ||
3148 | </literallayout> | ||
3149 | </para> | ||
3150 | |||
3151 | <para> | ||
3152 | As mentioned earlier, you can group related configurations into multiple files and | ||
3153 | name them all in the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement as well. | ||
3154 | For example, you could group separate configurations specifically for Ethernet and graphics | ||
3155 | into their own files and add those by using a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement like the | ||
3156 | following in your append file: | ||
3157 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3158 | SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg \ | ||
3159 | file://eth.cfg \ | ||
3160 | file://gfx.cfg" | ||
3161 | </literallayout> | ||
3162 | </para> | ||
3163 | </section> | ||
3164 | |||
3165 | <section id='fine-tuning-the-kernel-configuration-file'> | ||
3166 | <title>Fine-Tuning the Kernel Configuration File</title> | ||
3167 | |||
3168 | <para> | ||
3169 | You can make sure the <filename>.config</filename> file is as lean or efficient as | ||
3170 | possible by reading the output of the kernel configuration fragment audit, | ||
3171 | noting any issues, making changes to correct the issues, and then repeating. | ||
3172 | </para> | ||
3173 | |||
3174 | <para> | ||
3175 | As part of the kernel build process, the | ||
3176 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task runs. | ||
3177 | This task validates the kernel configuration by checking the final | ||
3178 | <filename>.config</filename> file against the input files. | ||
3179 | During the check, the task produces warning messages for the following | ||
3180 | issues: | ||
3181 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3182 | <listitem><para>Requested options that did not make the final | ||
3183 | <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem> | ||
3184 | <listitem><para>Configuration items that appear twice in the same | ||
3185 | configuration fragment.</para></listitem> | ||
3186 | <listitem><para>Configuration items tagged as "required" that were overridden. | ||
3187 | </para></listitem> | ||
3188 | <listitem><para>A board overrides a non-board specific option.</para></listitem> | ||
3189 | <listitem><para>Listed options not valid for the kernel being processed. | ||
3190 | In other words, the option does not appear anywhere.</para></listitem> | ||
3191 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3192 | <note> | ||
3193 | The <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task can also optionally report | ||
3194 | if an option is overridden during processing. | ||
3195 | </note> | ||
3196 | </para> | ||
3197 | |||
3198 | <para> | ||
3199 | For each output warning, a message points to the file | ||
3200 | that contains a list of the options and a pointer to the config | ||
3201 | fragment that defines them. | ||
3202 | Collectively, the files are the key to streamlining the configuration. | ||
3203 | </para> | ||
3204 | |||
3205 | <para> | ||
3206 | To streamline the configuration, do the following: | ||
3207 | <orderedlist> | ||
3208 | <listitem><para>Start with a full configuration that you know | ||
3209 | works - it builds and boots successfully. | ||
3210 | This configuration file will be your baseline.</para></listitem> | ||
3211 | <listitem><para>Separately run the <filename>configme</filename> and | ||
3212 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks.</para></listitem> | ||
3213 | <listitem><para>Take the resulting list of files from the | ||
3214 | <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task warnings and do the following: | ||
3215 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3216 | <listitem><para>Drop values that are redefined in the fragment but do not | ||
3217 | change the final <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem> | ||
3218 | <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially drop values from the | ||
3219 | <filename>.config</filename> file that override required | ||
3220 | configurations.</para></listitem> | ||
3221 | <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially remove non-board specific options. | ||
3222 | </para></listitem> | ||
3223 | <listitem><para>Remove repeated and invalid options.</para></listitem> | ||
3224 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
3225 | <listitem><para>After you have worked through the output of the kernel configuration | ||
3226 | audit, you can re-run the <filename>configme</filename> | ||
3227 | and <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks to see the results of your | ||
3228 | changes. | ||
3229 | If you have more issues, you can deal with them as described in the | ||
3230 | previous step.</para></listitem> | ||
3231 | </orderedlist> | ||
3232 | </para> | ||
3233 | |||
3234 | <para> | ||
3235 | Iteratively working through steps two through four eventually yields | ||
3236 | a minimal, streamlined configuration file. | ||
3237 | Once you have the best <filename>.config</filename>, you can build the Linux | ||
3238 | Yocto kernel. | ||
3239 | </para> | ||
3240 | </section> | ||
3241 | </section> | ||
3242 | |||
3243 | <section id="patching-the-kernel"> | ||
3244 | <title>Patching the Kernel</title> | ||
3245 | |||
3246 | <para> | ||
3247 | Patching the kernel involves changing or adding configurations to an existing kernel, | ||
3248 | changing or adding recipes to the kernel that are needed to support specific hardware features, | ||
3249 | or even altering the source code itself. | ||
3250 | <note> | ||
3251 | You can use the <filename>yocto-kernel</filename> script | ||
3252 | found in the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
3253 | under <filename>scripts</filename> to manage kernel patches and configuration. | ||
3254 | See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#managing-kernel-patches-and-config-items-with-yocto-kernel'>Managing kernel Patches and Config Items with yocto-kernel</ulink>" | ||
3255 | section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide for | ||
3256 | more information.</note> | ||
3257 | </para> | ||
3258 | |||
3259 | <para> | ||
3260 | This example creates a simple patch by adding some QEMU emulator console | ||
3261 | output at boot time through <filename>printk</filename> statements in the kernel's | ||
3262 | <filename>calibrate.c</filename> source code file. | ||
3263 | Applying the patch and booting the modified image causes the added | ||
3264 | messages to appear on the emulator's console. | ||
3265 | </para> | ||
3266 | |||
3267 | <para> | ||
3268 | The example assumes a clean build exists for the <filename>qemux86</filename> | ||
3269 | machine in a | ||
3270 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
3271 | named <filename>poky</filename>. | ||
3272 | Furthermore, the <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> is | ||
3273 | <filename>build</filename> and is located in <filename>poky</filename> and | ||
3274 | the kernel is based on the Linux 3.4 kernel. | ||
3275 | For general information on how to configure the most efficient build, see the | ||
3276 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>" section | ||
3277 | in the Yocto Project Quick Start. | ||
3278 | </para> | ||
3279 | |||
3280 | <para> | ||
3281 | Also, for more information on patching the kernel, see the | ||
3282 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#applying-patches'>Applying Patches</ulink>" | ||
3283 | section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. | ||
3284 | </para> | ||
3285 | |||
3286 | <section id='create-a-layer-for-your-changes'> | ||
3287 | <title>Create a Layer for your Changes</title> | ||
3288 | |||
3289 | <para> | ||
3290 | The first step is to create a layer so you can isolate your | ||
3291 | changes. | ||
3292 | Rather than use the <filename>yocto-layer</filename> script | ||
3293 | to create the layer, this example steps through the process | ||
3294 | by hand. | ||
3295 | If you want information on the script that creates a general | ||
3296 | layer, see the | ||
3297 | "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>" | ||
3298 | section. | ||
3299 | </para> | ||
3300 | |||
3301 | <para> | ||
3302 | These two commands create a directory you can use for your | ||
3303 | layer: | ||
3304 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3305 | $ cd ~/poky | ||
3306 | $ mkdir meta-mylayer | ||
3307 | </literallayout> | ||
3308 | Creating a directory that follows the Yocto Project layer naming | ||
3309 | conventions sets up the layer for your changes. | ||
3310 | The layer is where you place your configuration files, append | ||
3311 | files, and patch files. | ||
3312 | To learn more about creating a layer and filling it with the | ||
3313 | files you need, see the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding | ||
3314 | and Creating Layers</link>" section. | ||
3315 | </para> | ||
3316 | </section> | ||
3317 | |||
3318 | <section id='finding-the-kernel-source-code'> | ||
3319 | <title>Finding the Kernel Source Code</title> | ||
3320 | |||
3321 | <para> | ||
3322 | Each time you build a kernel image, the kernel source code is fetched | ||
3323 | and unpacked into the following directory: | ||
3324 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3325 | ${S}/linux | ||
3326 | </literallayout> | ||
3327 | See the "<link linkend='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>Finding the Temporary Source Code</link>" | ||
3328 | section and the | ||
3329 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink> variable | ||
3330 | for more information about where source is kept during a build. | ||
3331 | </para> | ||
3332 | |||
3333 | <para> | ||
3334 | For this example, we are going to patch the | ||
3335 | <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file | ||
3336 | by adding some simple console <filename>printk</filename> statements that we can | ||
3337 | see when we boot the image using QEMU. | ||
3338 | </para> | ||
3339 | </section> | ||
3340 | |||
3341 | <section id='creating-the-patch'> | ||
3342 | <title>Creating the Patch</title> | ||
3343 | |||
3344 | <para> | ||
3345 | Two methods exist by which you can create the patch: | ||
3346 | <link linkend='using-a-git-workflow'>Git workflow</link> and | ||
3347 | <link linkend='using-a-quilt-workflow'>Quilt workflow</link>. | ||
3348 | For kernel patches, the Git workflow is more appropriate. | ||
3349 | This section assumes the Git workflow and shows the steps specific to | ||
3350 | this example. | ||
3351 | <orderedlist> | ||
3352 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Change the working directory</emphasis>: | ||
3353 | Change to where the kernel source code is before making | ||
3354 | your edits to the <filename>calibrate.c</filename> file: | ||
3355 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3356 | $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-${PV}-${PR}/linux | ||
3357 | </literallayout> | ||
3358 | Because you are working in an established Git repository, | ||
3359 | you must be in this directory in order to commit your changes | ||
3360 | and create the patch file. | ||
3361 | <note>The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> and | ||
3362 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> variables | ||
3363 | represent the version and revision for the | ||
3364 | <filename>linux-yocto</filename> recipe. | ||
3365 | The <filename>PV</filename> variable includes the Git meta and machine | ||
3366 | hashes, which make the directory name longer than you might | ||
3367 | expect. | ||
3368 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
3369 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the source file</emphasis>: | ||
3370 | Edit the <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file to have the | ||
3371 | following changes: | ||
3372 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3373 | void calibrate_delay(void) | ||
3374 | { | ||
3375 | unsigned long lpj; | ||
3376 | static bool printed; | ||
3377 | int this_cpu = smp_processor_id(); | ||
3378 | |||
3379 | printk("*************************************\n"); | ||
3380 | printk("* *\n"); | ||
3381 | printk("* HELLO YOCTO KERNEL *\n"); | ||
3382 | printk("* *\n"); | ||
3383 | printk("*************************************\n"); | ||
3384 | |||
3385 | if (per_cpu(cpu_loops_per_jiffy, this_cpu)) { | ||
3386 | . | ||
3387 | . | ||
3388 | . | ||
3389 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3390 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Stage and commit your changes</emphasis>: | ||
3391 | These Git commands display the modified file, stage it, and then | ||
3392 | commit the file: | ||
3393 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3394 | $ git status | ||
3395 | $ git add init/calibrate.c | ||
3396 | $ git commit -m "calibrate: Add printk example" | ||
3397 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3398 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the patch file</emphasis>: | ||
3399 | This Git command creates the a patch file named | ||
3400 | <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename> | ||
3401 | in the current directory. | ||
3402 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3403 | $ git format-patch -1 | ||
3404 | </literallayout> | ||
3405 | </para></listitem> | ||
3406 | </orderedlist> | ||
3407 | </para> | ||
3408 | </section> | ||
3409 | |||
3410 | <section id='set-up-your-layer-for-the-build'> | ||
3411 | <title>Set Up Your Layer for the Build</title> | ||
3412 | |||
3413 | <para>These steps get your layer set up for the build: | ||
3414 | <orderedlist> | ||
3415 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create additional structure</emphasis>: | ||
3416 | Create the additional layer structure: | ||
3417 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3418 | $ cd ~/poky/meta-mylayer | ||
3419 | $ mkdir conf | ||
3420 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel | ||
3421 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux | ||
3422 | $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto | ||
3423 | </literallayout> | ||
3424 | The <filename>conf</filename> directory holds your configuration files, while the | ||
3425 | <filename>recipes-kernel</filename> directory holds your append file and | ||
3426 | your patch file.</para></listitem> | ||
3427 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the layer configuration file</emphasis>: | ||
3428 | Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/conf</filename> directory and create | ||
3429 | the <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as follows: | ||
3430 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3431 | # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH | ||
3432 | BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}" | ||
3433 | |||
3434 | # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES | ||
3435 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \ | ||
3436 | ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend" | ||
3437 | |||
3438 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "mylayer" | ||
3439 | BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer = "^${LAYERDIR}/" | ||
3440 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "5" | ||
3441 | </literallayout> | ||
3442 | Notice <filename>mylayer</filename> as part of the last three | ||
3443 | statements.</para></listitem> | ||
3444 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the kernel recipe append file</emphasis>: | ||
3445 | Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux</filename> directory and create | ||
3446 | the <filename>linux-yocto_3.4.bbappend</filename> file as follows: | ||
3447 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3448 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | ||
3449 | |||
3450 | SRC_URI += "file://0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch" | ||
3451 | </literallayout> | ||
3452 | The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink> | ||
3453 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
3454 | statements enable the OpenEmbedded build system to find the patch file. | ||
3455 | For more information on using append files, see the | ||
3456 | "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>" | ||
3457 | section. | ||
3458 | </para></listitem> | ||
3459 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Put the patch file in your layer</emphasis>: | ||
3460 | Move the <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename> file to | ||
3461 | the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto</filename> | ||
3462 | directory.</para></listitem> | ||
3463 | </orderedlist> | ||
3464 | </para> | ||
3465 | </section> | ||
3466 | |||
3467 | <section id='set-up-for-the-build'> | ||
3468 | <title>Set Up for the Build</title> | ||
3469 | |||
3470 | <para> | ||
3471 | Do the following to make sure the build parameters are set up for the example. | ||
3472 | Once you set up these build parameters, they do not have to change unless you | ||
3473 | change the target architecture of the machine you are building: | ||
3474 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3475 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build for the correct target architecture:</emphasis> Your | ||
3476 | selected <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink> | ||
3477 | definition within the <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the | ||
3478 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> | ||
3479 | specifies the target architecture used when building the Linux kernel. | ||
3480 | By default, <filename>MACHINE</filename> is set to | ||
3481 | <filename>qemux86</filename>, which specifies a 32-bit | ||
3482 | <trademark class='registered'>Intel</trademark> Architecture | ||
3483 | target machine suitable for the QEMU emulator.</para></listitem> | ||
3484 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Identify your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> | ||
3485 | layer:</emphasis> The | ||
3486 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'><filename>BBLAYERS</filename></ulink> | ||
3487 | variable in the | ||
3488 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
3489 | <filename>poky/build/conf</filename> directory needs to have the path to your local | ||
3490 | <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> layer. | ||
3491 | By default, the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable contains paths to | ||
3492 | <filename>meta</filename>, <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and | ||
3493 | <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename> in the | ||
3494 | <filename>poky</filename> Git repository. | ||
3495 | Add the path to your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> location: | ||
3496 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3497 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
3498 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
3499 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
3500 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
3501 | $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \ | ||
3502 | " | ||
3503 | |||
3504 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
3505 | $HOME/poky/meta \ | ||
3506 | $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
3507 | " | ||
3508 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3509 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3510 | </para> | ||
3511 | </section> | ||
3512 | |||
3513 | <section id='build-the-modified-qemu-kernel-image'> | ||
3514 | <title>Build the Modified QEMU Kernel Image</title> | ||
3515 | |||
3516 | <para> | ||
3517 | The following steps build your modified kernel image: | ||
3518 | <orderedlist> | ||
3519 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your build environment is initialized</emphasis>: | ||
3520 | Your environment should be set up since you previously sourced | ||
3521 | the | ||
3522 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
3523 | script. | ||
3524 | If it is not, source the script again from <filename>poky</filename>. | ||
3525 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3526 | $ cd ~/poky | ||
3527 | $ source &OE_INIT_FILE; | ||
3528 | </literallayout> | ||
3529 | </para></listitem> | ||
3530 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Clean up</emphasis>: | ||
3531 | Be sure to clean the shared state out by running the | ||
3532 | <filename>cleansstate</filename> BitBake task as follows from your Build Directory: | ||
3533 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3534 | $ bitbake -c cleansstate linux-yocto | ||
3535 | </literallayout></para> | ||
3536 | <para><note>Never remove any files by hand from the <filename>tmp/deploy</filename> | ||
3537 | directory inside the | ||
3538 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
3539 | Always use the various BitBake clean tasks to clear out previous | ||
3540 | build artifacts. | ||
3541 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
3542 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the image</emphasis>: | ||
3543 | Next, build the kernel image using this command: | ||
3544 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3545 | $ bitbake -k linux-yocto | ||
3546 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3547 | </orderedlist> | ||
3548 | </para> | ||
3549 | </section> | ||
3550 | |||
3551 | <section id='boot-the-image-and-verify-your-changes'> | ||
3552 | <title>Boot the Image and Verify Your Changes</title> | ||
3553 | |||
3554 | <para> | ||
3555 | These steps boot the image and allow you to see the changes | ||
3556 | <orderedlist> | ||
3557 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Boot the image</emphasis>: | ||
3558 | Boot the modified image in the QEMU emulator | ||
3559 | using this command: | ||
3560 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3561 | $ runqemu qemux86 | ||
3562 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3563 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Verify the changes</emphasis>: | ||
3564 | Log into the machine using <filename>root</filename> with no password and then | ||
3565 | use the following shell command to scroll through the console's boot output. | ||
3566 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3567 | # dmesg | less | ||
3568 | </literallayout> | ||
3569 | You should see the results of your <filename>printk</filename> statements | ||
3570 | as part of the output.</para></listitem> | ||
3571 | </orderedlist> | ||
3572 | </para> | ||
3573 | </section> | ||
3574 | </section> | ||
3575 | |||
3576 | <section id='making-images-more-secure'> | ||
3577 | <title>Making Images More Secure</title> | ||
3578 | |||
3579 | <para> | ||
3580 | The Yocto Project has security flags that you can enable that | ||
3581 | help make your build output more secure. | ||
3582 | The security flags are in the | ||
3583 | <filename>meta/conf/distro/include/security_flags.inc</filename> | ||
3584 | file in your | ||
3585 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
3586 | (e.g. <filename>poky</filename>). | ||
3587 | </para> | ||
3588 | |||
3589 | <para> | ||
3590 | These GCC/LD flags enable more secure code generation. | ||
3591 | By including the <filename>security_flags.inc</filename> | ||
3592 | file, you enable flags to the compiler and linker that cause | ||
3593 | them to generate more secure code. | ||
3594 | <note> | ||
3595 | These flags are enabled by default in the | ||
3596 | <filename>poky-lsb</filename> distribution. | ||
3597 | </note> | ||
3598 | Use the following line in your | ||
3599 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file | ||
3600 | to enable the security compiler and | ||
3601 | linker flags to your build: | ||
3602 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3603 | require conf/distro/include/security_flags.inc | ||
3604 | </literallayout> | ||
3605 | </para> | ||
3606 | </section> | ||
3607 | |||
3608 | <section id='creating-your-own-distribution'> | ||
3609 | <title>Creating Your Own Distribution</title> | ||
3610 | |||
3611 | <para> | ||
3612 | When you build an image using the Yocto Project and | ||
3613 | do not alter any distribution | ||
3614 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>, you are creating a | ||
3615 | Poky distribution. | ||
3616 | If you wish to gain more control over package alternative | ||
3617 | selections, compile-time options, and other low-level | ||
3618 | configurations, you can create your own distribution. | ||
3619 | </para> | ||
3620 | |||
3621 | <para> | ||
3622 | To create your own distribution, the basic steps consist of | ||
3623 | creating your own distribution layer, creating your own | ||
3624 | distribution configuration file, and then adding any needed | ||
3625 | code and Metadata to the layer. | ||
3626 | The following steps provide some more detail: | ||
3627 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3628 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a layer for your new distro:</emphasis> | ||
3629 | Create your distribution layer so that you can keep your | ||
3630 | Metadata and code for the distribution separate. | ||
3631 | It is strongly recommended that you create and use your own | ||
3632 | layer for configuration and code. | ||
3633 | Using your own layer as compared to just placing | ||
3634 | configurations in a <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
3635 | configuration file makes it easier to reproduce the same | ||
3636 | build configuration when using multiple build machines. | ||
3637 | See the | ||
3638 | "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>" | ||
3639 | section for information on how to quickly set up a layer. | ||
3640 | </para></listitem> | ||
3641 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the distribution configuration file:</emphasis> | ||
3642 | The distribution configuration file needs to be created in | ||
3643 | the <filename>conf/distro</filename> directory of your | ||
3644 | layer. | ||
3645 | You need to name it using your distribution name | ||
3646 | (e.g. <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>). | ||
3647 | <note> | ||
3648 | The | ||
3649 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink> | ||
3650 | variable in your | ||
3651 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file determines the | ||
3652 | name of your distribution. | ||
3653 | </note></para> | ||
3654 | <para>You can split out parts of your configuration file | ||
3655 | into include files and then "require" them from within | ||
3656 | your distribution configuration file. | ||
3657 | Be sure to place the include files in the | ||
3658 | <filename>conf/distro/include</filename> directory of | ||
3659 | your layer. | ||
3660 | A common example usage of include files would be to | ||
3661 | separate out the selection of desired version and revisions | ||
3662 | for individual recipes. | ||
3663 | </para> | ||
3664 | <para>Your configuration file needs to set the following | ||
3665 | required variables: | ||
3666 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3667 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_NAME'><filename>DISTRO_NAME</filename></ulink> | ||
3668 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_VERSION'><filename>DISTRO_VERSION</filename></ulink> | ||
3669 | </literallayout> | ||
3670 | These following variables are optional and you typically | ||
3671 | set them from the distribution configuration file: | ||
3672 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3673 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
3674 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
3675 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
3676 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TCLIBC'><filename>TCLIBC</filename></ulink> | ||
3677 | </literallayout> | ||
3678 | <tip> | ||
3679 | If you want to base your distribution configuration file | ||
3680 | on the very basic configuration from OE-Core, you | ||
3681 | can use | ||
3682 | <filename>conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf</filename> as | ||
3683 | a reference and just include variables that differ | ||
3684 | as compared to <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename>. | ||
3685 | Alternatively, you can create a distribution | ||
3686 | configuration file from scratch using the | ||
3687 | <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename> file | ||
3688 | or configuration files from other distributions | ||
3689 | such as Poky or Angstrom as references. | ||
3690 | </tip></para></listitem> | ||
3691 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Provide miscellaneous variables:</emphasis> | ||
3692 | Be sure to define any other variables for which you want to | ||
3693 | create a default or enforce as part of the distribution | ||
3694 | configuration. | ||
3695 | You can include nearly any variable from the | ||
3696 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
3697 | The variables you use are not limited to the list in the | ||
3698 | previous bulleted item.</para></listitem> | ||
3699 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Point to Your distribution configuration file:</emphasis> | ||
3700 | In your <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the | ||
3701 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>, | ||
3702 | set your | ||
3703 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink> | ||
3704 | variable to point to your distribution's configuration file. | ||
3705 | For example, if your distribution's configuration file is | ||
3706 | named <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>, then you point | ||
3707 | to it as follows: | ||
3708 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3709 | DISTRO = "mydistro" | ||
3710 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
3711 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add more to the layer if necessary:</emphasis> | ||
3712 | Use your layer to hold other information needed for the | ||
3713 | distribution: | ||
3714 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3715 | <listitem><para>Add recipes for installing | ||
3716 | distro-specific configuration files that are not | ||
3717 | already installed by another recipe. | ||
3718 | If you have distro-specific configuration files | ||
3719 | that are included by an existing recipe, you should | ||
3720 | add an append file (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) | ||
3721 | for those. | ||
3722 | For general information and recommendations | ||
3723 | on how to add recipes to your layer, see the | ||
3724 | "<link linkend='creating-your-own-layer'>Creating Your Own Layer</link>" | ||
3725 | and | ||
3726 | "<link linkend='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</link>" | ||
3727 | sections.</para></listitem> | ||
3728 | <listitem><para>Add any image recipes that are specific | ||
3729 | to your distribution.</para></listitem> | ||
3730 | <listitem><para>Add a <filename>psplash</filename> | ||
3731 | append file for a branded splash screen. | ||
3732 | For information on append files, see the | ||
3733 | "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>" | ||
3734 | section.</para></listitem> | ||
3735 | <listitem><para>Add any other append files to make | ||
3736 | custom changes that are specific to individual | ||
3737 | recipes.</para></listitem> | ||
3738 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
3739 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3740 | </para> | ||
3741 | </section> | ||
3742 | |||
3743 | <section id='building-a-tiny-system'> | ||
3744 | <title>Building a Tiny System</title> | ||
3745 | |||
3746 | <para> | ||
3747 | Very small distributions have some significant advantages such | ||
3748 | as requiring less on-die or in-package memory (cheaper), better | ||
3749 | performance through efficient cache usage, lower power requirements | ||
3750 | due to less memory, faster boot times, and reduced development | ||
3751 | overhead. | ||
3752 | Some real-world examples where a very small distribution gives | ||
3753 | you distinct advantages are digital cameras, medical devices, | ||
3754 | and small headless systems. | ||
3755 | </para> | ||
3756 | |||
3757 | <para> | ||
3758 | This section presents information that shows you how you can | ||
3759 | trim your distribution to even smaller sizes than the | ||
3760 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution, which is around | ||
3761 | 5 Mbytes, that can be built out-of-the-box using the Yocto Project. | ||
3762 | </para> | ||
3763 | |||
3764 | <section id='tiny-system-overview'> | ||
3765 | <title>Overview</title> | ||
3766 | |||
3767 | <para> | ||
3768 | The following list presents the overall steps you need to | ||
3769 | consider and perform to create distributions with smaller | ||
3770 | root filesystems, achieve faster boot times, maintain your critical | ||
3771 | functionality, and avoid initial RAM disks: | ||
3772 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3773 | <listitem><para> | ||
3774 | <link linkend='goals-and-guiding-principles'>Determine your goals and guiding principles.</link> | ||
3775 | </para></listitem> | ||
3776 | <listitem><para> | ||
3777 | <link linkend='understand-what-gives-your-image-size'>Understand what contributes to your image size.</link> | ||
3778 | </para></listitem> | ||
3779 | <listitem><para> | ||
3780 | <link linkend='trim-the-root-filesystem'>Reduce the size of the root filesystem.</link> | ||
3781 | </para></listitem> | ||
3782 | <listitem><para> | ||
3783 | <link linkend='trim-the-kernel'>Reduce the size of the kernel.</link> | ||
3784 | </para></listitem> | ||
3785 | <listitem><para> | ||
3786 | <link linkend='remove-package-management-requirements'>Eliminate packaging requirements.</link> | ||
3787 | </para></listitem> | ||
3788 | <listitem><para> | ||
3789 | <link linkend='look-for-other-ways-to-minimize-size'>Look for other ways to minimize size.</link> | ||
3790 | </para></listitem> | ||
3791 | <listitem><para> | ||
3792 | <link linkend='iterate-on-the-process'>Iterate on the process.</link> | ||
3793 | </para></listitem> | ||
3794 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3795 | </para> | ||
3796 | </section> | ||
3797 | |||
3798 | <section id='goals-and-guiding-principles'> | ||
3799 | <title>Goals and Guiding Principles</title> | ||
3800 | |||
3801 | <para> | ||
3802 | Before you can reach your destination, you need to know | ||
3803 | where you are going. | ||
3804 | Here is an example list that you can use as a guide when | ||
3805 | creating very small distributions: | ||
3806 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3807 | <listitem><para>Determine how much space you need | ||
3808 | (e.g. a kernel that is 1 Mbyte or less and | ||
3809 | a root filesystem that is 3 Mbytes or less). | ||
3810 | </para></listitem> | ||
3811 | <listitem><para>Find the areas that are currently | ||
3812 | taking 90% of the space and concentrate on reducing | ||
3813 | those areas. | ||
3814 | </para></listitem> | ||
3815 | <listitem><para>Do not create any difficult "hacks" | ||
3816 | to achieve your goals.</para></listitem> | ||
3817 | <listitem><para>Leverage the device-specific | ||
3818 | options.</para></listitem> | ||
3819 | <listitem><para>Work in a separate layer so that you | ||
3820 | keep changes isolated. | ||
3821 | For information on how to create layers, see | ||
3822 | the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding and Creating Layers</link>" section. | ||
3823 | </para></listitem> | ||
3824 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3825 | </para> | ||
3826 | </section> | ||
3827 | |||
3828 | <section id='understand-what-gives-your-image-size'> | ||
3829 | <title>Understand What Contributes to Your Image Size</title> | ||
3830 | |||
3831 | <para> | ||
3832 | It is easiest to have something to start with when creating | ||
3833 | your own distribution. | ||
3834 | You can use the Yocto Project out-of-the-box to create the | ||
3835 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution. | ||
3836 | Ultimately, you will want to make changes in your own | ||
3837 | distribution that are likely modeled after | ||
3838 | <filename>poky-tiny</filename>. | ||
3839 | <note> | ||
3840 | To use <filename>poky-tiny</filename> in your build, | ||
3841 | set the | ||
3842 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink> | ||
3843 | variable in your | ||
3844 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file to "poky-tiny" | ||
3845 | as described in the | ||
3846 | "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>" | ||
3847 | section. | ||
3848 | </note> | ||
3849 | </para> | ||
3850 | |||
3851 | <para> | ||
3852 | Understanding some memory concepts will help you reduce the | ||
3853 | system size. | ||
3854 | Memory consists of static, dynamic, and temporary memory. | ||
3855 | Static memory is the TEXT (code), DATA (initialized data | ||
3856 | in the code), and BSS (uninitialized data) sections. | ||
3857 | Dynamic memory represents memory that is allocated at runtime: | ||
3858 | stacks, hash tables, and so forth. | ||
3859 | Temporary memory is recovered after the boot process. | ||
3860 | This memory consists of memory used for decompressing | ||
3861 | the kernel and for the <filename>__init__</filename> | ||
3862 | functions. | ||
3863 | </para> | ||
3864 | |||
3865 | <para> | ||
3866 | To help you see where you currently are with kernel and root | ||
3867 | filesystem sizes, you can use two tools found in the | ||
3868 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> in | ||
3869 | the <filename>scripts/tiny/</filename> directory: | ||
3870 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3871 | <listitem><para><filename>ksize.py</filename>: Reports | ||
3872 | component sizes for the kernel build objects. | ||
3873 | </para></listitem> | ||
3874 | <listitem><para><filename>dirsize.py</filename>: Reports | ||
3875 | component sizes for the root filesystem.</para></listitem> | ||
3876 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3877 | This next tool and command help you organize configuration | ||
3878 | fragments and view file dependencies in a human-readable form: | ||
3879 | <itemizedlist> | ||
3880 | <listitem><para><filename>merge_config.sh</filename>: | ||
3881 | Helps you manage configuration files and fragments | ||
3882 | within the kernel. | ||
3883 | With this tool, you can merge individual configuration | ||
3884 | fragments together. | ||
3885 | The tool allows you to make overrides and warns you | ||
3886 | of any missing configuration options. | ||
3887 | The tool is ideal for allowing you to iterate on | ||
3888 | configurations, create minimal configurations, and | ||
3889 | create configuration files for different machines | ||
3890 | without having to duplicate your process.</para> | ||
3891 | <para>The <filename>merge_config.sh</filename> script is | ||
3892 | part of the Linux Yocto kernel Git repositories | ||
3893 | (i.e. <filename>linux-yocto-3.14</filename>, | ||
3894 | <filename>linux-yocto-3.10</filename>, | ||
3895 | <filename>linux-yocto-3.8</filename>, and so forth) | ||
3896 | in the | ||
3897 | <filename>scripts/kconfig</filename> directory.</para> | ||
3898 | <para>For more information on configuration fragments, | ||
3899 | see the | ||
3900 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#generating-configuration-files'>Generating Configuration Files</ulink>" | ||
3901 | section of the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development | ||
3902 | Manual and the "<link linkend='creating-config-fragments'>Creating Configuration Fragments</link>" | ||
3903 | section, which is in this manual.</para></listitem> | ||
3904 | <listitem><para><filename>bitbake -u depexp -g <bitbake_target></filename>: | ||
3905 | Using the BitBake command with these options brings up | ||
3906 | a Dependency Explorer from which you can view file | ||
3907 | dependencies. | ||
3908 | Understanding these dependencies allows you to make | ||
3909 | informed decisions when cutting out various pieces of the | ||
3910 | kernel and root filesystem.</para></listitem> | ||
3911 | </itemizedlist> | ||
3912 | </para> | ||
3913 | </section> | ||
3914 | |||
3915 | <section id='trim-the-root-filesystem'> | ||
3916 | <title>Trim the Root Filesystem</title> | ||
3917 | |||
3918 | <para> | ||
3919 | The root filesystem is made up of packages for booting, | ||
3920 | libraries, and applications. | ||
3921 | To change things, you can configure how the packaging happens, | ||
3922 | which changes the way you build them. | ||
3923 | You can also tweak the filesystem itself or select a different | ||
3924 | filesystem. | ||
3925 | </para> | ||
3926 | |||
3927 | <para> | ||
3928 | First, find out what is hogging your root filesystem by running the | ||
3929 | <filename>dirsize.py</filename> script from your root directory: | ||
3930 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3931 | $ cd <root-directory-of-image> | ||
3932 | $ dirsize.py 100000 > dirsize-100k.log | ||
3933 | $ cat dirsize-100k.log | ||
3934 | </literallayout> | ||
3935 | You can apply a filter to the script to ignore files under | ||
3936 | a certain size. | ||
3937 | The previous example filters out any files below 100 Kbytes. | ||
3938 | The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed, and thus | ||
3939 | will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a | ||
3940 | compressed root filesystem. | ||
3941 | When you examine your log file, you can focus on areas of the | ||
3942 | root filesystem that take up large amounts of memory. | ||
3943 | </para> | ||
3944 | |||
3945 | <para> | ||
3946 | You need to be sure that what you eliminate does not cripple | ||
3947 | the functionality you need. | ||
3948 | One way to see how packages relate to each other is by using | ||
3949 | the Dependency Explorer UI with the BitBake command: | ||
3950 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3951 | $ cd <image-directory> | ||
3952 | $ bitbake -u depexp -g <image> | ||
3953 | </literallayout> | ||
3954 | Use the interface to select potential packages you wish to | ||
3955 | eliminate and see their dependency relationships. | ||
3956 | </para> | ||
3957 | |||
3958 | <para> | ||
3959 | When deciding how to reduce the size, get rid of packages that | ||
3960 | result in minimal impact on the feature set. | ||
3961 | For example, you might not need a VGA display. | ||
3962 | Or, you might be able to get by with <filename>devtmpfs</filename> | ||
3963 | and <filename>mdev</filename> instead of | ||
3964 | <filename>udev</filename>. | ||
3965 | </para> | ||
3966 | |||
3967 | <para> | ||
3968 | Use your <filename>local.conf</filename> file to make changes. | ||
3969 | For example, to eliminate <filename>udev</filename> and | ||
3970 | <filename>glib</filename>, set the following in the | ||
3971 | local configuration file: | ||
3972 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
3973 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "" | ||
3974 | </literallayout> | ||
3975 | </para> | ||
3976 | |||
3977 | <para> | ||
3978 | Finally, you should consider exactly the type of root | ||
3979 | filesystem you need to meet your needs while also reducing | ||
3980 | its size. | ||
3981 | For example, consider <filename>cramfs</filename>, | ||
3982 | <filename>squashfs</filename>, <filename>ubifs</filename>, | ||
3983 | <filename>ext2</filename>, or an <filename>initramfs</filename> | ||
3984 | using <filename>initramfs</filename>. | ||
3985 | Be aware that <filename>ext3</filename> requires a 1 Mbyte | ||
3986 | journal. | ||
3987 | If you are okay with running read-only, you do not need this | ||
3988 | journal. | ||
3989 | </para> | ||
3990 | |||
3991 | <note> | ||
3992 | After each round of elimination, you need to rebuild your | ||
3993 | system and then use the tools to see the effects of your | ||
3994 | reductions. | ||
3995 | </note> | ||
3996 | |||
3997 | |||
3998 | </section> | ||
3999 | |||
4000 | <section id='trim-the-kernel'> | ||
4001 | <title>Trim the Kernel</title> | ||
4002 | |||
4003 | <para> | ||
4004 | The kernel is built by including policies for hardware-independent | ||
4005 | aspects. | ||
4006 | What subsystems do you enable? | ||
4007 | For what architecture are you building? | ||
4008 | Which drivers do you build by default? | ||
4009 | <note>You can modify the kernel source if you want to help | ||
4010 | with boot time. | ||
4011 | </note> | ||
4012 | </para> | ||
4013 | |||
4014 | <para> | ||
4015 | Run the <filename>ksize.py</filename> script from the top-level | ||
4016 | Linux build directory to get an idea of what is making up | ||
4017 | the kernel: | ||
4018 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4019 | $ cd <top-level-linux-build-directory> | ||
4020 | $ ksize.py > ksize.log | ||
4021 | $ cat ksize.log | ||
4022 | </literallayout> | ||
4023 | When you examine the log, you will see how much space is | ||
4024 | taken up with the built-in <filename>.o</filename> files for | ||
4025 | drivers, networking, core kernel files, filesystem, sound, | ||
4026 | and so forth. | ||
4027 | The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed, and thus | ||
4028 | will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a compressed | ||
4029 | kernel image. | ||
4030 | Look to reduce the areas that are large and taking up around | ||
4031 | the "90% rule." | ||
4032 | </para> | ||
4033 | |||
4034 | <para> | ||
4035 | To examine, or drill down, into any particular area, use the | ||
4036 | <filename>-d</filename> option with the script: | ||
4037 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4038 | $ ksize.py -d > ksize.log | ||
4039 | </literallayout> | ||
4040 | Using this option breaks out the individual file information | ||
4041 | for each area of the kernel (e.g. drivers, networking, and | ||
4042 | so forth). | ||
4043 | </para> | ||
4044 | |||
4045 | <para> | ||
4046 | Use your log file to see what you can eliminate from the kernel | ||
4047 | based on features you can let go. | ||
4048 | For example, if you are not going to need sound, you do not | ||
4049 | need any drivers that support sound. | ||
4050 | </para> | ||
4051 | |||
4052 | <para> | ||
4053 | After figuring out what to eliminate, you need to reconfigure | ||
4054 | the kernel to reflect those changes during the next build. | ||
4055 | You could run <filename>menuconfig</filename> and make all your | ||
4056 | changes at once. | ||
4057 | However, that makes it difficult to see the effects of your | ||
4058 | individual eliminations and also makes it difficult to replicate | ||
4059 | the changes for perhaps another target device. | ||
4060 | A better method is to start with no configurations using | ||
4061 | <filename>allnoconfig</filename>, create configuration | ||
4062 | fragments for individual changes, and then manage the | ||
4063 | fragments into a single configuration file using | ||
4064 | <filename>merge_config.sh</filename>. | ||
4065 | The tool makes it easy for you to iterate using the | ||
4066 | configuration change and build cycle. | ||
4067 | </para> | ||
4068 | |||
4069 | <para> | ||
4070 | Each time you make configuration changes, you need to rebuild | ||
4071 | the kernel and check to see what impact your changes had on | ||
4072 | the overall size. | ||
4073 | </para> | ||
4074 | </section> | ||
4075 | |||
4076 | <section id='remove-package-management-requirements'> | ||
4077 | <title>Remove Package Management Requirements</title> | ||
4078 | |||
4079 | <para> | ||
4080 | Packaging requirements add size to the image. | ||
4081 | One way to reduce the size of the image is to remove all the | ||
4082 | packaging requirements from the image. | ||
4083 | This reduction includes both removing the package manager | ||
4084 | and its unique dependencies as well as removing the package | ||
4085 | management data itself. | ||
4086 | </para> | ||
4087 | |||
4088 | <para> | ||
4089 | To eliminate all the packaging requirements for an image, | ||
4090 | be sure that "package-management" is not part of your | ||
4091 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
4092 | statement for the image. | ||
4093 | When you remove this feature, you are removing the package | ||
4094 | manager as well as its dependencies from the root filesystem. | ||
4095 | </para> | ||
4096 | </section> | ||
4097 | |||
4098 | <section id='look-for-other-ways-to-minimize-size'> | ||
4099 | <title>Look for Other Ways to Minimize Size</title> | ||
4100 | |||
4101 | <para> | ||
4102 | Depending on your particular circumstances, other areas that you | ||
4103 | can trim likely exist. | ||
4104 | The key to finding these areas is through tools and methods | ||
4105 | described here combined with experimentation and iteration. | ||
4106 | Here are a couple of areas to experiment with: | ||
4107 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4108 | <listitem><para><filename>eglibc</filename>: | ||
4109 | In general, follow this process: | ||
4110 | <orderedlist> | ||
4111 | <listitem><para>Remove <filename>eglibc</filename> | ||
4112 | features from | ||
4113 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
4114 | that you think you do not need.</para></listitem> | ||
4115 | <listitem><para>Build your distribution. | ||
4116 | </para></listitem> | ||
4117 | <listitem><para>If the build fails due to missing | ||
4118 | symbols in a package, determine if you can | ||
4119 | reconfigure the package to not need those | ||
4120 | features. | ||
4121 | For example, change the configuration to not | ||
4122 | support wide character support as is done for | ||
4123 | <filename>ncurses</filename>. | ||
4124 | Or, if support for those characters is needed, | ||
4125 | determine what <filename>eglibc</filename> | ||
4126 | features provide the support and restore the | ||
4127 | configuration. | ||
4128 | </para></listitem> | ||
4129 | <listitem><para>Rebuild and repeat the process. | ||
4130 | </para></listitem> | ||
4131 | </orderedlist></para></listitem> | ||
4132 | <listitem><para><filename>busybox</filename>: | ||
4133 | For BusyBox, use a process similar as described for | ||
4134 | <filename>eglibc</filename>. | ||
4135 | A difference is you will need to boot the resulting | ||
4136 | system to see if you are able to do everything you | ||
4137 | expect from the running system. | ||
4138 | You need to be sure to integrate configuration fragments | ||
4139 | into Busybox because BusyBox handles its own core | ||
4140 | features and then allows you to add configuration | ||
4141 | fragments on top. | ||
4142 | </para></listitem> | ||
4143 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4144 | </para> | ||
4145 | </section> | ||
4146 | |||
4147 | <section id='iterate-on-the-process'> | ||
4148 | <title>Iterate on the Process</title> | ||
4149 | |||
4150 | <para> | ||
4151 | If you have not reached your goals on system size, you need | ||
4152 | to iterate on the process. | ||
4153 | The process is the same. | ||
4154 | Use the tools and see just what is taking up 90% of the root | ||
4155 | filesystem and the kernel. | ||
4156 | Decide what you can eliminate without limiting your device | ||
4157 | beyond what you need. | ||
4158 | </para> | ||
4159 | |||
4160 | <para> | ||
4161 | Depending on your system, a good place to look might be | ||
4162 | Busybox, which provides a stripped down | ||
4163 | version of Unix tools in a single, executable file. | ||
4164 | You might be able to drop virtual terminal services or perhaps | ||
4165 | ipv6. | ||
4166 | </para> | ||
4167 | </section> | ||
4168 | </section> | ||
4169 | |||
4170 | <section id='working-with-packages'> | ||
4171 | <title>Working with Packages</title> | ||
4172 | |||
4173 | <para> | ||
4174 | This section describes a few tasks that involve packages: | ||
4175 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4176 | <listitem><para> | ||
4177 | <link linkend='excluding-packages-from-an-image'>Excluding packages from an image</link> | ||
4178 | </para></listitem> | ||
4179 | <listitem><para> | ||
4180 | <link linkend='incrementing-a-package-revision-number'>Incrementing a package revision number</link> | ||
4181 | </para></listitem> | ||
4182 | <listitem><para> | ||
4183 | <link linkend='usingpoky-configuring-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS'>Handling a package name alias</link> | ||
4184 | </para></listitem> | ||
4185 | <listitem><para> | ||
4186 | <link linkend='handling-optional-module-packaging'>Handling optional module packaging</link> | ||
4187 | </para></listitem> | ||
4188 | <listitem><para> | ||
4189 | <link linkend='using-runtime-package-management'>Using Runtime Package Management</link> | ||
4190 | </para></listitem> | ||
4191 | <listitem><para> | ||
4192 | <link linkend='testing-packages-with-ptest'>Setting up and running package test (ptest)</link> | ||
4193 | </para></listitem> | ||
4194 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4195 | </para> | ||
4196 | |||
4197 | <section id='excluding-packages-from-an-image'> | ||
4198 | <title>Excluding Packages from an Image</title> | ||
4199 | |||
4200 | <para> | ||
4201 | You might find it necessary to prevent specific packages | ||
4202 | from being installed into an image. | ||
4203 | If so, you can use several variables to direct the build | ||
4204 | system to essentially ignore installing recommended packages | ||
4205 | or to not install a package at all. | ||
4206 | </para> | ||
4207 | |||
4208 | <para> | ||
4209 | The following list introduces variables you can use to | ||
4210 | prevent packages from being installed into your image. | ||
4211 | Each of these variables only works with IPK and RPM | ||
4212 | package types. | ||
4213 | Support for Debian packages does not exist. | ||
4214 | Also, you can use these variables from your | ||
4215 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file or attach them to a | ||
4216 | specific image recipe by using a recipe name override. | ||
4217 | For more detail on the variables, see the descriptions in the | ||
4218 | Yocto Project Reference Manual's glossary chapter. | ||
4219 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4220 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>: | ||
4221 | Use this variable to specify "recommended-only" | ||
4222 | packages that you do not want installed. | ||
4223 | </para></listitem> | ||
4224 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-NO_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>NO_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>: | ||
4225 | Use this variable to prevent all "recommended-only" | ||
4226 | packages from being installed. | ||
4227 | </para></listitem> | ||
4228 | <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_EXCLUDE'><filename>PACKAGE_EXCLUDE</filename></ulink>: | ||
4229 | Use this variable to prevent specific packages from | ||
4230 | being installed regardless of whether they are | ||
4231 | "recommended-only" or not. | ||
4232 | You need to realize that the build process could | ||
4233 | fail with an error when you | ||
4234 | prevent the installation of a package whose presence | ||
4235 | is required by an installed package. | ||
4236 | </para></listitem> | ||
4237 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4238 | </para> | ||
4239 | </section> | ||
4240 | |||
4241 | <section id='incrementing-a-package-revision-number'> | ||
4242 | <title>Incrementing a Package Revision Number</title> | ||
4243 | |||
4244 | <para> | ||
4245 | If a committed change results in changing the package output, | ||
4246 | then the value of the | ||
4247 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
4248 | variable needs to be increased (or "bumped"). | ||
4249 | Increasing <filename>PR</filename> occurs one of two ways: | ||
4250 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4251 | <listitem><para>Automatically using a Package Revision | ||
4252 | Service (PR Service).</para></listitem> | ||
4253 | <listitem><para>Manually incrementing the | ||
4254 | <filename>PR</filename> variable.</para></listitem> | ||
4255 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4256 | </para> | ||
4257 | |||
4258 | <para> | ||
4259 | Given that one of the challenges any build system and its | ||
4260 | users face is how to maintain a package feed that is compatible | ||
4261 | with existing package manager applications such as | ||
4262 | RPM, APT, and OPKG, using an automated system is much | ||
4263 | preferred over a manual system. | ||
4264 | In either system, the main requirement is that version | ||
4265 | numbering increases in a linear fashion and that a number of | ||
4266 | version components exist that support that linear progression. | ||
4267 | </para> | ||
4268 | |||
4269 | <para> | ||
4270 | The following two sections provide information on the PR Service | ||
4271 | and on manual <filename>PR</filename> bumping. | ||
4272 | </para> | ||
4273 | |||
4274 | <section id='working-with-a-pr-service'> | ||
4275 | <title>Working With a PR Service</title> | ||
4276 | |||
4277 | <para> | ||
4278 | As mentioned, attempting to maintain revision numbers in the | ||
4279 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#metadata'>Metadata</ulink> | ||
4280 | is error prone, inaccurate, and causes problems for people | ||
4281 | submitting recipes. | ||
4282 | Conversely, the PR Service automatically generates | ||
4283 | increasing numbers, particularly the revision field, | ||
4284 | which removes the human element. | ||
4285 | <note> | ||
4286 | For additional information on using a PR Service, you | ||
4287 | can see the | ||
4288 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/PR_Service'>PR Service</ulink> | ||
4289 | wiki page. | ||
4290 | </note> | ||
4291 | </para> | ||
4292 | |||
4293 | <para> | ||
4294 | The Yocto Project uses variables in order of | ||
4295 | decreasing priority to facilitate revision numbering (i.e. | ||
4296 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'><filename>PE</filename></ulink>, | ||
4297 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>, and | ||
4298 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
4299 | for epoch, version, and revision, respectively). | ||
4300 | The values are highly dependent on the policies and | ||
4301 | procedures of a given distribution and package feed. | ||
4302 | </para> | ||
4303 | |||
4304 | <para> | ||
4305 | Because the OpenEmbedded build system uses | ||
4306 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#checksums'>signatures</ulink>", | ||
4307 | which are unique to a given build, the build system | ||
4308 | knows when to rebuild packages. | ||
4309 | All the inputs into a given task are represented by a | ||
4310 | signature, which can trigger a rebuild when different. | ||
4311 | Thus, the build system itself does not rely on the | ||
4312 | <filename>PR</filename> numbers to trigger a rebuild. | ||
4313 | The signatures, however, can be used to generate | ||
4314 | <filename>PR</filename> values. | ||
4315 | </para> | ||
4316 | |||
4317 | <para> | ||
4318 | The PR Service works with both | ||
4319 | <filename>OEBasic</filename> and | ||
4320 | <filename>OEBasicHash</filename> generators. | ||
4321 | The value of <filename>PR</filename> bumps when the | ||
4322 | checksum changes and the different generator mechanisms | ||
4323 | change signatures under different circumstances. | ||
4324 | </para> | ||
4325 | |||
4326 | <para> | ||
4327 | As implemented, the build system includes values from | ||
4328 | the PR Service into the <filename>PR</filename> field as | ||
4329 | an addition using the form "<filename>.x</filename>" so | ||
4330 | <filename>r0</filename> becomes <filename>r0.1</filename>, | ||
4331 | <filename>r0.2</filename> and so forth. | ||
4332 | This scheme allows existing <filename>PR</filename> values | ||
4333 | to be used for whatever reasons, which include manual | ||
4334 | <filename>PR</filename> bumps, should it be necessary. | ||
4335 | </para> | ||
4336 | |||
4337 | <para> | ||
4338 | By default, the PR Service is not enabled or running. | ||
4339 | Thus, the packages generated are just "self consistent". | ||
4340 | The build system adds and removes packages and | ||
4341 | there are no guarantees about upgrade paths but images | ||
4342 | will be consistent and correct with the latest changes. | ||
4343 | </para> | ||
4344 | |||
4345 | <para> | ||
4346 | The simplest form for a PR Service is for it to exist | ||
4347 | for a single host development system that builds the | ||
4348 | package feed (building system). | ||
4349 | For this scenario, you can enable a local PR Service by | ||
4350 | setting | ||
4351 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PRSERV_HOST'><filename>PRSERV_HOST</filename></ulink> | ||
4352 | in your <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the | ||
4353 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>: | ||
4354 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4355 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" | ||
4356 | </literallayout> | ||
4357 | Once the service is started, packages will automatically | ||
4358 | get increasing <filename>PR</filename> values and | ||
4359 | BitBake will take care of starting and stopping the server. | ||
4360 | </para> | ||
4361 | |||
4362 | <para> | ||
4363 | If you have a more complex setup where multiple host | ||
4364 | development systems work against a common, shared package | ||
4365 | feed, you have a single PR Service running and it is | ||
4366 | connected to each building system. | ||
4367 | For this scenario, you need to start the PR Service using | ||
4368 | the <filename>bitbake-prserv</filename> command: | ||
4369 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4370 | bitbake-prserv ‐‐host <ip> ‐‐port <port> ‐‐start | ||
4371 | </literallayout> | ||
4372 | In addition to hand-starting the service, you need to | ||
4373 | update the <filename>local.conf</filename> file of each | ||
4374 | building system as described earlier so each system | ||
4375 | points to the server and port. | ||
4376 | </para> | ||
4377 | |||
4378 | <para> | ||
4379 | It is also recommended you use build history, which adds | ||
4380 | some sanity checks to package versions, in conjunction with | ||
4381 | the server that is running the PR Service. | ||
4382 | To enable build history, add the following to each building | ||
4383 | system's <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
4384 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4385 | # It is recommended to activate "buildhistory" for testing the PR service | ||
4386 | INHERIT += "buildhistory" | ||
4387 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1" | ||
4388 | </literallayout> | ||
4389 | For information on build history, see the | ||
4390 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#maintaining-build-output-quality'>Maintaining Build Output Quality</ulink>" | ||
4391 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
4392 | </para> | ||
4393 | |||
4394 | <note> | ||
4395 | <para>The OpenEmbedded build system does not maintain | ||
4396 | <filename>PR</filename> information as part of the | ||
4397 | shared state (sstate) packages. | ||
4398 | If you maintain an sstate feed, its expected that either | ||
4399 | all your building systems that contribute to the sstate | ||
4400 | feed use a shared PR Service, or you do not run a PR | ||
4401 | Service on any of your building systems. | ||
4402 | Having some systems use a PR Service while others do | ||
4403 | not leads to obvious problems.</para> | ||
4404 | <para>For more information on shared state, see the | ||
4405 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#shared-state-cache'>Shared State Cache</ulink>" | ||
4406 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.</para> | ||
4407 | </note> | ||
4408 | </section> | ||
4409 | |||
4410 | <section id='manually-bumping-pr'> | ||
4411 | <title>Manually Bumping PR</title> | ||
4412 | |||
4413 | <para> | ||
4414 | The alternative to setting up a PR Service is to manually | ||
4415 | bump the | ||
4416 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> | ||
4417 | variable. | ||
4418 | </para> | ||
4419 | |||
4420 | <para> | ||
4421 | If a committed change results in changing the package output, | ||
4422 | then the value of the PR variable needs to be increased | ||
4423 | (or "bumped") as part of that commit. | ||
4424 | For new recipes you should add the <filename>PR</filename> | ||
4425 | variable and set its initial value equal to "r0", which is the default. | ||
4426 | Even though the default value is "r0", the practice of adding it to a new recipe makes | ||
4427 | it harder to forget to bump the variable when you make changes | ||
4428 | to the recipe in future. | ||
4429 | </para> | ||
4430 | |||
4431 | <para> | ||
4432 | If you are sharing a common <filename>.inc</filename> file with multiple recipes, | ||
4433 | you can also use the | ||
4434 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INC_PR'>INC_PR</ulink></filename> | ||
4435 | variable to ensure that | ||
4436 | the recipes sharing the <filename>.inc</filename> file are rebuilt when the | ||
4437 | <filename>.inc</filename> file itself is changed. | ||
4438 | The <filename>.inc</filename> file must set <filename>INC_PR</filename> | ||
4439 | (initially to "r0"), and all recipes referring to it should set <filename>PR</filename> | ||
4440 | to "$(INC_PR).0" initially, incrementing the last number when the recipe is changed. | ||
4441 | If the <filename>.inc</filename> file is changed then its | ||
4442 | <filename>INC_PR</filename> should be incremented. | ||
4443 | </para> | ||
4444 | |||
4445 | <para> | ||
4446 | When upgrading the version of a package, assuming the | ||
4447 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'>PV</ulink></filename> | ||
4448 | changes, the <filename>PR</filename> variable should be | ||
4449 | reset to "r0" (or "$(INC_PR).0" if you are using | ||
4450 | <filename>INC_PR</filename>). | ||
4451 | </para> | ||
4452 | |||
4453 | <para> | ||
4454 | Usually, version increases occur only to packages. | ||
4455 | However, if for some reason <filename>PV</filename> changes but does not | ||
4456 | increase, you can increase the | ||
4457 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'>PE</ulink></filename> | ||
4458 | variable (Package Epoch). | ||
4459 | The <filename>PE</filename> variable defaults to "0". | ||
4460 | </para> | ||
4461 | |||
4462 | <para> | ||
4463 | Version numbering strives to follow the | ||
4464 | <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html'> | ||
4465 | Debian Version Field Policy Guidelines</ulink>. | ||
4466 | These guidelines define how versions are compared and what "increasing" a version means. | ||
4467 | </para> | ||
4468 | </section> | ||
4469 | </section> | ||
4470 | |||
4471 | <section id="usingpoky-configuring-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS"> | ||
4472 | <title>Handling a Package Name Alias</title> | ||
4473 | <para> | ||
4474 | Sometimes a package name you are using might exist under an alias or as a similarly named | ||
4475 | package in a different distribution. | ||
4476 | The OpenEmbedded build system implements a <filename>distro_check</filename> | ||
4477 | task that automatically connects to major distributions | ||
4478 | and checks for these situations. | ||
4479 | If the package exists under a different name in a different distribution, you get a | ||
4480 | <filename>distro_check</filename> mismatch. | ||
4481 | You can resolve this problem by defining a per-distro recipe name alias using the | ||
4482 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS'>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</ulink></filename> | ||
4483 | variable. | ||
4484 | </para> | ||
4485 | |||
4486 | <para> | ||
4487 | Following is an example that shows how you specify the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename> | ||
4488 | variable: | ||
4489 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4490 | DISTRO_PN_ALIAS_pn-PACKAGENAME = "distro1=package_name_alias1 \ | ||
4491 | distro2=package_name_alias2 \ | ||
4492 | distro3=package_name_alias3 \ | ||
4493 | ..." | ||
4494 | </literallayout> | ||
4495 | </para> | ||
4496 | |||
4497 | <para> | ||
4498 | If you have more than one distribution alias, separate them with a space. | ||
4499 | Note that the build system currently automatically checks the | ||
4500 | Fedora, OpenSUSE, Debian, Ubuntu, | ||
4501 | and Mandriva distributions for source package recipes without having to specify them | ||
4502 | using the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename> variable. | ||
4503 | For example, the following command generates a report that lists the Linux distributions | ||
4504 | that include the sources for each of the recipes. | ||
4505 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4506 | $ bitbake world -f -c distro_check | ||
4507 | </literallayout> | ||
4508 | The results are stored in the <filename>build/tmp/log/distro_check-${DATETIME}.results</filename> | ||
4509 | file found in the | ||
4510 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
4511 | </para> | ||
4512 | </section> | ||
4513 | |||
4514 | <section id='handling-optional-module-packaging'> | ||
4515 | <title>Handling Optional Module Packaging</title> | ||
4516 | |||
4517 | <para> | ||
4518 | Many pieces of software split functionality into optional | ||
4519 | modules (or plug-ins) and the plug-ins that are built | ||
4520 | might depend on configuration options. | ||
4521 | To avoid having to duplicate the logic that determines what | ||
4522 | modules are available in your recipe or to avoid having | ||
4523 | to package each module by hand, the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
4524 | provides functionality to handle module packaging dynamically. | ||
4525 | </para> | ||
4526 | |||
4527 | <para> | ||
4528 | To handle optional module packaging, you need to do two things: | ||
4529 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4530 | <listitem><para>Ensure the module packaging is actually | ||
4531 | done.</para></listitem> | ||
4532 | <listitem><para>Ensure that any dependencies on optional | ||
4533 | modules from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe. | ||
4534 | </para></listitem> | ||
4535 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4536 | </para> | ||
4537 | |||
4538 | <section id='making-sure-the-packaging-is-done'> | ||
4539 | <title>Making Sure the Packaging is Done</title> | ||
4540 | |||
4541 | <para> | ||
4542 | To ensure the module packaging actually gets done, you use | ||
4543 | the <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function within | ||
4544 | the <filename>populate_packages</filename> Python function | ||
4545 | in your recipe. | ||
4546 | The <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function | ||
4547 | searches for a pattern of files or directories under a | ||
4548 | specified path and creates a package for each one it finds | ||
4549 | by appending to the | ||
4550 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
4551 | variable and setting the appropriate values for | ||
4552 | <filename>FILES_packagename</filename>, | ||
4553 | <filename>RDEPENDS_packagename</filename>, | ||
4554 | <filename>DESCRIPTION_packagename</filename>, and so forth. | ||
4555 | Here is an example from the <filename>lighttpd</filename> | ||
4556 | recipe: | ||
4557 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4558 | python populate_packages_prepend () { | ||
4559 | lighttpd_libdir = d.expand('${libdir}') | ||
4560 | do_split_packages(d, lighttpd_libdir, '^mod_(.*)\.so$', | ||
4561 | 'lighttpd-module-%s', 'Lighttpd module for %s', | ||
4562 | extra_depends='') | ||
4563 | } | ||
4564 | </literallayout> | ||
4565 | The previous example specifies a number of things in the | ||
4566 | call to <filename>do_split_packages</filename>. | ||
4567 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4568 | <listitem><para>A directory within the files installed | ||
4569 | by your recipe through <filename>do_install</filename> | ||
4570 | in which to search.</para></listitem> | ||
4571 | <listitem><para>A regular expression used to match module | ||
4572 | files in that directory. | ||
4573 | In the example, note the parentheses () that mark | ||
4574 | the part of the expression from which the module | ||
4575 | name should be derived.</para></listitem> | ||
4576 | <listitem><para>A pattern to use for the package names. | ||
4577 | </para></listitem> | ||
4578 | <listitem><para>A description for each package. | ||
4579 | </para></listitem> | ||
4580 | <listitem><para>An empty string for | ||
4581 | <filename>extra_depends</filename>, which disables | ||
4582 | the default dependency on the main | ||
4583 | <filename>lighttpd</filename> package. | ||
4584 | Thus, if a file in <filename>${libdir}</filename> | ||
4585 | called <filename>mod_alias.so</filename> is found, | ||
4586 | a package called <filename>lighttpd-module-alias</filename> | ||
4587 | is created for it and the | ||
4588 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DESCRIPTION'><filename>DESCRIPTION</filename></ulink> | ||
4589 | is set to "Lighttpd module for alias".</para></listitem> | ||
4590 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4591 | </para> | ||
4592 | |||
4593 | <para> | ||
4594 | Often, packaging modules is as simple as the previous | ||
4595 | example. | ||
4596 | However, more advanced options exist that you can use | ||
4597 | within <filename>do_split_packages</filename> to modify its | ||
4598 | behavior. | ||
4599 | And, if you need to, you can add more logic by specifying | ||
4600 | a hook function that is called for each package. | ||
4601 | It is also perfectly acceptable to call | ||
4602 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename> multiple times if | ||
4603 | you have more than one set of modules to package. | ||
4604 | </para> | ||
4605 | |||
4606 | <para> | ||
4607 | For more examples that show how to use | ||
4608 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename>, see the | ||
4609 | <filename>connman.inc</filename> file in the | ||
4610 | <filename>meta/recipes-connectivity/connman/</filename> | ||
4611 | directory of the <filename>poky</filename> | ||
4612 | <link linkend='yocto-project-repositories'>source repository</link>. | ||
4613 | You can also find examples in | ||
4614 | <filename>meta/classes/kernel.bbclass</filename>. | ||
4615 | </para> | ||
4616 | |||
4617 | <para> | ||
4618 | Following is a reference that shows | ||
4619 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename> mandatory and | ||
4620 | optional arguments: | ||
4621 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4622 | Mandatory arguments | ||
4623 | |||
4624 | root | ||
4625 | The path in which to search | ||
4626 | file_regex | ||
4627 | Regular expression to match searched files. | ||
4628 | Use parentheses () to mark the part of this | ||
4629 | expression that should be used to derive the | ||
4630 | module name (to be substituted where %s is | ||
4631 | used in other function arguments as noted below) | ||
4632 | output_pattern | ||
4633 | Pattern to use for the package names. Must | ||
4634 | include %s. | ||
4635 | description | ||
4636 | Description to set for each package. Must | ||
4637 | include %s. | ||
4638 | |||
4639 | Optional arguments | ||
4640 | |||
4641 | postinst | ||
4642 | Postinstall script to use for all packages | ||
4643 | (as a string) | ||
4644 | recursive | ||
4645 | True to perform a recursive search - default | ||
4646 | False | ||
4647 | hook | ||
4648 | A hook function to be called for every match. | ||
4649 | The function will be called with the following | ||
4650 | arguments (in the order listed): | ||
4651 | |||
4652 | f | ||
4653 | Full path to the file/directory match | ||
4654 | pkg | ||
4655 | The package name | ||
4656 | file_regex | ||
4657 | As above | ||
4658 | output_pattern | ||
4659 | As above | ||
4660 | modulename | ||
4661 | The module name derived using file_regex | ||
4662 | |||
4663 | extra_depends | ||
4664 | Extra runtime dependencies (RDEPENDS) to be | ||
4665 | set for all packages. The default value of None | ||
4666 | causes a dependency on the main package | ||
4667 | (${PN}) - if you do not want this, pass empty | ||
4668 | string '' for this parameter. | ||
4669 | aux_files_pattern | ||
4670 | Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each | ||
4671 | package. Can be a single string item or a list | ||
4672 | of strings for multiple items. Must include %s. | ||
4673 | postrm | ||
4674 | postrm script to use for all packages (as a | ||
4675 | string) | ||
4676 | allow_dirs | ||
4677 | True to allow directories to be matched - | ||
4678 | default False | ||
4679 | prepend | ||
4680 | If True, prepend created packages to PACKAGES | ||
4681 | instead of the default False which appends them | ||
4682 | match_path | ||
4683 | match file_regex on the whole relative path to | ||
4684 | the root rather than just the file name | ||
4685 | aux_files_pattern_verbatim | ||
4686 | Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each | ||
4687 | package, using the actual derived module name | ||
4688 | rather than converting it to something legal | ||
4689 | for a package name. Can be a single string item | ||
4690 | or a list of strings for multiple items. Must | ||
4691 | include %s. | ||
4692 | allow_links | ||
4693 | True to allow symlinks to be matched - default | ||
4694 | False | ||
4695 | summary | ||
4696 | Summary to set for each package. Must include %s; | ||
4697 | defaults to description if not set. | ||
4698 | </literallayout> | ||
4699 | </para> | ||
4700 | </section> | ||
4701 | |||
4702 | <section id='satisfying-dependencies'> | ||
4703 | <title>Satisfying Dependencies</title> | ||
4704 | |||
4705 | <para> | ||
4706 | The second part for handling optional module packaging | ||
4707 | is to ensure that any dependencies on optional modules | ||
4708 | from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe. | ||
4709 | You can be sure these dependencies are satisfied by | ||
4710 | using the | ||
4711 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES_DYNAMIC'><filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename></ulink> variable. | ||
4712 | Here is an example that continues with the | ||
4713 | <filename>lighttpd</filename> recipe shown earlier: | ||
4714 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4715 | PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "lighttpd-module-.*" | ||
4716 | </literallayout> | ||
4717 | The name specified in the regular expression can of | ||
4718 | course be anything. | ||
4719 | In this example, it is <filename>lighttpd-module-</filename> | ||
4720 | and is specified as the prefix to ensure that any | ||
4721 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
4722 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
4723 | on a package name starting with the prefix are satisfied | ||
4724 | during build time. | ||
4725 | If you are using <filename>do_split_packages</filename> | ||
4726 | as described in the previous section, the value you put in | ||
4727 | <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> should correspond to | ||
4728 | the name pattern specified in the call to | ||
4729 | <filename>do_split_packages</filename>. | ||
4730 | </para> | ||
4731 | </section> | ||
4732 | </section> | ||
4733 | |||
4734 | <section id='using-runtime-package-management'> | ||
4735 | <title>Using Runtime Package Management</title> | ||
4736 | |||
4737 | <para> | ||
4738 | During a build, BitBake always transforms a recipe into one or | ||
4739 | more packages. | ||
4740 | For example, BitBake takes the <filename>bash</filename> recipe | ||
4741 | and currently produces the <filename>bash-dbg</filename>, | ||
4742 | <filename>bash-staticdev</filename>, | ||
4743 | <filename>bash-dev</filename>, <filename>bash-doc</filename>, | ||
4744 | <filename>bash-locale</filename>, and | ||
4745 | <filename>bash</filename> packages. | ||
4746 | Not all generated packages are included in an image. | ||
4747 | </para> | ||
4748 | |||
4749 | <para> | ||
4750 | In several situations, you might need to update, add, remove, | ||
4751 | or query the packages on a target device at runtime | ||
4752 | (i.e. without having to generate a new image). | ||
4753 | Examples of such situations include: | ||
4754 | <itemizedlist> | ||
4755 | <listitem><para> | ||
4756 | You want to provide in-the-field updates to deployed | ||
4757 | devices (e.g. security updates). | ||
4758 | </para></listitem> | ||
4759 | <listitem><para> | ||
4760 | You want to have a fast turn-around development cycle | ||
4761 | for one or more applications that run on your device. | ||
4762 | </para></listitem> | ||
4763 | <listitem><para> | ||
4764 | You want to temporarily install the "debug" packages | ||
4765 | of various applications on your device so that | ||
4766 | debugging can be greatly improved by allowing | ||
4767 | access to symbols and source debugging. | ||
4768 | </para></listitem> | ||
4769 | <listitem><para> | ||
4770 | You want to deploy a more minimal package selection of | ||
4771 | your device but allow in-the-field updates to add a | ||
4772 | larger selection for customization. | ||
4773 | </para></listitem> | ||
4774 | </itemizedlist> | ||
4775 | </para> | ||
4776 | |||
4777 | <para> | ||
4778 | In all these situations, you have something similar to a more | ||
4779 | traditional Linux distribution in that in-field devices | ||
4780 | are able to receive pre-compiled packages from a server for | ||
4781 | installation or update. | ||
4782 | Being able to install these packages on a running, | ||
4783 | in-field device is what is termed "runtime package | ||
4784 | management". | ||
4785 | </para> | ||
4786 | |||
4787 | <para> | ||
4788 | In order to use runtime package management, you | ||
4789 | need a host/server machine that serves up the pre-compiled | ||
4790 | packages plus the required metadata. | ||
4791 | You also need package manipulation tools on the target. | ||
4792 | The build machine is a likely candidate to act as the server. | ||
4793 | However, that machine does not necessarily have to be the | ||
4794 | package server. | ||
4795 | The build machine could push its artifacts to another machine | ||
4796 | that acts as the server (e.g. Internet-facing). | ||
4797 | </para> | ||
4798 | |||
4799 | <para> | ||
4800 | A simple build that targets just one device produces | ||
4801 | more than one package database. | ||
4802 | In other words, the packages produced by a build are separated | ||
4803 | out into a couple of different package groupings based on | ||
4804 | criteria such as the target's CPU architecture, the target | ||
4805 | board, or the C library used on the target. | ||
4806 | For example, a build targeting the <filename>qemuarm</filename> | ||
4807 | device produces the following three package databases: | ||
4808 | <filename>all</filename>, <filename>armv5te</filename>, and | ||
4809 | <filename>qemuarm</filename>. | ||
4810 | If you wanted your <filename>qemuarm</filename> device to be | ||
4811 | aware of all the packages that were available to it, | ||
4812 | you would need to point it to each of these databases | ||
4813 | individually. | ||
4814 | In a similar way, a traditional Linux distribution usually is | ||
4815 | configured to be aware of a number of software repositories | ||
4816 | from which it retrieves packages. | ||
4817 | </para> | ||
4818 | |||
4819 | <para> | ||
4820 | Using runtime package management is completely optional and | ||
4821 | not required for a successful build or deployment in any | ||
4822 | way. | ||
4823 | But if you want to make use of runtime package management, | ||
4824 | you need to do a couple things above and beyond the basics. | ||
4825 | The remainder of this section describes what you need to do. | ||
4826 | </para> | ||
4827 | |||
4828 | <section id='runtime-package-management-build'> | ||
4829 | <title>Build Considerations</title> | ||
4830 | |||
4831 | <para> | ||
4832 | This section describes build considerations that you need | ||
4833 | to be aware of in order to provide support for runtime | ||
4834 | package management. | ||
4835 | </para> | ||
4836 | |||
4837 | <para> | ||
4838 | When BitBake generates packages it needs to know | ||
4839 | what format or formats to use. | ||
4840 | In your configuration, you use the | ||
4841 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_CLASSES'><filename>PACKAGE_CLASSES</filename></ulink> | ||
4842 | variable to specify the format. | ||
4843 | <note> | ||
4844 | You can choose to have more than one format but you must | ||
4845 | provide at least one. | ||
4846 | </note> | ||
4847 | </para> | ||
4848 | |||
4849 | <para> | ||
4850 | If you would like your image to start off with a basic | ||
4851 | package database of the packages in your current build | ||
4852 | as well as have the relevant tools available on the | ||
4853 | target for runtime package management, you can include | ||
4854 | "package-management" in the | ||
4855 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
4856 | variable. | ||
4857 | Including "package-management" in this | ||
4858 | configuration variable ensures that when the image | ||
4859 | is assembled for your target, the image includes | ||
4860 | the currently-known package databases as well as | ||
4861 | the target-specific tools required for runtime | ||
4862 | package management to be performed on the target. | ||
4863 | However, this is not strictly necessary. | ||
4864 | You could start your image off without any databases | ||
4865 | but only include the required on-target package | ||
4866 | tool(s). | ||
4867 | As an example, you could include "opkg" in your | ||
4868 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink> | ||
4869 | variable if you are using the IPK package format. | ||
4870 | You can then initialize your target's package database(s) | ||
4871 | later once your image is up and running. | ||
4872 | </para> | ||
4873 | |||
4874 | <para> | ||
4875 | Whenever you perform any sort of build step that can | ||
4876 | potentially generate a package or modify an existing | ||
4877 | package, it is always a good idea to re-generate the | ||
4878 | package index with: | ||
4879 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4880 | $ bitbake package-index | ||
4881 | </literallayout> | ||
4882 | Realize that it is not sufficient to simply do the | ||
4883 | following: | ||
4884 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4885 | $ bitbake <some-package> package-index | ||
4886 | </literallayout> | ||
4887 | This is because BitBake does not properly schedule the | ||
4888 | <filename>package-index</filename> target fully after any | ||
4889 | other target has completed. | ||
4890 | Thus, be sure to run the package update step separately. | ||
4891 | </para> | ||
4892 | |||
4893 | <para> | ||
4894 | As described below in the | ||
4895 | "<link linkend='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'>Using IPK</link>" | ||
4896 | section, if you are using IPK as your package format, you | ||
4897 | can make use of the | ||
4898 | <filename>distro-feed-configs</filename> recipe provided | ||
4899 | by <filename>meta-oe</filename> in order to configure your | ||
4900 | target to use your IPK databases. | ||
4901 | </para> | ||
4902 | |||
4903 | <para> | ||
4904 | When your build is complete, your packages reside in the | ||
4905 | <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/<package-format></filename> | ||
4906 | directory. | ||
4907 | For example, if <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename> | ||
4908 | is <filename>tmp</filename> and your selected package type | ||
4909 | is IPK, then your IPK packages are available in | ||
4910 | <filename>tmp/deploy/ipk</filename>. | ||
4911 | </para> | ||
4912 | </section> | ||
4913 | |||
4914 | <section id='runtime-package-management-server'> | ||
4915 | <title>Host or Server Machine Setup</title> | ||
4916 | |||
4917 | <para> | ||
4918 | Typically, packages are served from a server using | ||
4919 | HTTP. | ||
4920 | However, other protocols are possible. | ||
4921 | If you want to use HTTP, then setup and configure a | ||
4922 | web server, such as Apache 2 or lighttpd, on the machine | ||
4923 | serving the packages. | ||
4924 | </para> | ||
4925 | |||
4926 | <para> | ||
4927 | As previously mentioned, the build machine can act as the | ||
4928 | package server. | ||
4929 | In the following sections that describe server machine | ||
4930 | setups, the build machine is assumed to also be the server. | ||
4931 | </para> | ||
4932 | |||
4933 | <section id='package-server-apache'> | ||
4934 | <title>Serving Packages via Apache 2</title> | ||
4935 | |||
4936 | <para> | ||
4937 | This example assumes you are using the Apache 2 | ||
4938 | server: | ||
4939 | <orderedlist> | ||
4940 | <listitem><para> | ||
4941 | Add the directory to your Apache | ||
4942 | configuration, which you can find at | ||
4943 | <filename>/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</filename>. | ||
4944 | Use commands similar to these on the | ||
4945 | development system. | ||
4946 | These example commands assume a top-level | ||
4947 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
4948 | named <filename>poky</filename> in your home | ||
4949 | directory. | ||
4950 | The example also assumes an RPM package type. | ||
4951 | If you are using a different package type, such | ||
4952 | as IPK, use "ipk" in the pathnames: | ||
4953 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4954 | <VirtualHost *:80> | ||
4955 | .... | ||
4956 | Alias /rpm ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm | ||
4957 | <Directory "~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm"> | ||
4958 | Options +Indexes | ||
4959 | </Directory> | ||
4960 | </VirtualHost> | ||
4961 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
4962 | <listitem><para> | ||
4963 | Reload the Apache configuration as described | ||
4964 | in this step. | ||
4965 | For all commands, be sure you have root | ||
4966 | privileges. | ||
4967 | </para> | ||
4968 | |||
4969 | <para> | ||
4970 | If your development system is using Fedora or | ||
4971 | CentOS, use the following: | ||
4972 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4973 | # service httpd reload | ||
4974 | </literallayout> | ||
4975 | For Ubuntu and Debian, use the following: | ||
4976 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4977 | # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload | ||
4978 | </literallayout> | ||
4979 | For OpenSUSE, use the following: | ||
4980 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4981 | # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload | ||
4982 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
4983 | <listitem><para> | ||
4984 | If you are using Security-Enhanced Linux | ||
4985 | (SELinux), you need to label the files as | ||
4986 | being accessible through Apache. | ||
4987 | Use the following command from the development | ||
4988 | host. | ||
4989 | This example assumes RPM package types: | ||
4990 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
4991 | # chcon -R -h -t httpd_sys_content_t tmp/deploy/rpm | ||
4992 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
4993 | </orderedlist> | ||
4994 | </para> | ||
4995 | </section> | ||
4996 | |||
4997 | <section id='package-server-lighttpd'> | ||
4998 | <title>Serving Packages via lighttpd</title> | ||
4999 | |||
5000 | <para> | ||
5001 | If you are using lighttpd, all you need | ||
5002 | to do is to provide a link from your | ||
5003 | <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/<package-format></filename> | ||
5004 | directory to lighttpd's document-root. | ||
5005 | You can determine the specifics of your lighttpd | ||
5006 | installation by looking through its configuration file, | ||
5007 | which is usually found at: | ||
5008 | <filename>/etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf</filename>. | ||
5009 | </para> | ||
5010 | |||
5011 | <para> | ||
5012 | For example, if you are using IPK, lighttpd's | ||
5013 | document-root is set to | ||
5014 | <filename>/var/www/lighttpd</filename>, and you had | ||
5015 | packages for a target named "BOARD", | ||
5016 | then you might create a link from your build location | ||
5017 | to lighttpd's document-root as follows: | ||
5018 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5019 | # ln -s $(PWD)/tmp/deploy/ipk /var/www/lighttpd/BOARD-dir | ||
5020 | </literallayout> | ||
5021 | </para> | ||
5022 | |||
5023 | <para> | ||
5024 | At this point, you need to start the lighttpd server. | ||
5025 | The method used to start the server varies by | ||
5026 | distribution. | ||
5027 | However, one basic method that starts it by hand is: | ||
5028 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5029 | # lighttpd -f /etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf | ||
5030 | </literallayout> | ||
5031 | </para> | ||
5032 | </section> | ||
5033 | </section> | ||
5034 | |||
5035 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target'> | ||
5036 | <title>Target Setup</title> | ||
5037 | |||
5038 | <para> | ||
5039 | Setting up the target differs depending on the | ||
5040 | package management system. | ||
5041 | This section provides information for RPM and IPK. | ||
5042 | </para> | ||
5043 | |||
5044 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target-rpm'> | ||
5045 | <title>Using RPM</title> | ||
5046 | |||
5047 | <para> | ||
5048 | The application for performing runtime package | ||
5049 | management of RPM packages on the target is called | ||
5050 | <filename>smart</filename>. | ||
5051 | </para> | ||
5052 | |||
5053 | <para> | ||
5054 | On the target machine, you need to inform | ||
5055 | <filename>smart</filename> of every package database | ||
5056 | you want to use. | ||
5057 | As an example, suppose your target device can use the | ||
5058 | following three package databases from a server named | ||
5059 | <filename>server.name</filename>: | ||
5060 | <filename>all</filename>, <filename>i586</filename>, | ||
5061 | and <filename>qemux86</filename>. | ||
5062 | Given this example, issue the following commands on the | ||
5063 | target: | ||
5064 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5065 | # smart channel --add all type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/all | ||
5066 | # smart channel --add i585 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/i586 | ||
5067 | # smart channel --add qemux86 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/qemux86 | ||
5068 | </literallayout> | ||
5069 | Also from the target machine, fetch the repository | ||
5070 | information using this command: | ||
5071 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5072 | # smart update | ||
5073 | </literallayout> | ||
5074 | You can now use the <filename>smart query</filename> | ||
5075 | and <filename>smart install</filename> commands to | ||
5076 | find and install packages from the repositories. | ||
5077 | </para> | ||
5078 | </section> | ||
5079 | |||
5080 | <section id='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'> | ||
5081 | <title>Using IPK</title> | ||
5082 | |||
5083 | <para> | ||
5084 | The application for performing runtime package | ||
5085 | management of IPK packages on the target is called | ||
5086 | <filename>opkg</filename>. | ||
5087 | </para> | ||
5088 | |||
5089 | <para> | ||
5090 | In order to inform <filename>opkg</filename> of the | ||
5091 | package databases you want to use, simply create one | ||
5092 | or more <filename>*.conf</filename> files in the | ||
5093 | <filename>/etc/opkg</filename> directory on the target. | ||
5094 | The <filename>opkg</filename> application uses them | ||
5095 | to find its available package databases. | ||
5096 | As an example, suppose you configured your HTTP server | ||
5097 | on your machine named | ||
5098 | <filename>www.mysite.com</filename> to serve files | ||
5099 | from a <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> directory under | ||
5100 | its document-root. | ||
5101 | In this case, you might create a configuration | ||
5102 | file on the target called | ||
5103 | <filename>/etc/opkg/base-feeds.conf</filename> that | ||
5104 | contains: | ||
5105 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5106 | src/gz all http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/all | ||
5107 | src/gz armv7a http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/armv7a | ||
5108 | src/gz beaglebone http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/beaglebone | ||
5109 | </literallayout> | ||
5110 | </para> | ||
5111 | |||
5112 | <para> | ||
5113 | As a way of making it easier to generate and make | ||
5114 | these IPK configuration files available on your | ||
5115 | target, simply define | ||
5116 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI'><filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
5117 | to point to your server and the location within the | ||
5118 | document-root which contains the databases. | ||
5119 | For example: if you are serving your packages over | ||
5120 | HTTP, your server's IP address is 192.168.7.1, and | ||
5121 | your databases are located in a directory called | ||
5122 | <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> underneath your HTTP | ||
5123 | server's document-root, you need to set | ||
5124 | <filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename> to | ||
5125 | <filename>http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir</filename> and | ||
5126 | a set of configuration files will be generated for you | ||
5127 | in your target to work with this feed. | ||
5128 | </para> | ||
5129 | |||
5130 | <para> | ||
5131 | On the target machine, fetch (or refresh) the | ||
5132 | repository information using this command: | ||
5133 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5134 | # opkg update | ||
5135 | </literallayout> | ||
5136 | You can now use the <filename>opkg list</filename> and | ||
5137 | <filename>opkg install</filename> commands to find and | ||
5138 | install packages from the repositories. | ||
5139 | </para> | ||
5140 | </section> | ||
5141 | </section> | ||
5142 | </section> | ||
5143 | |||
5144 | <section id='testing-packages-with-ptest'> | ||
5145 | <title>Testing Packages With ptest</title> | ||
5146 | |||
5147 | <para> | ||
5148 | A Package Test (ptest) runs tests against packages built | ||
5149 | by the OpenEmbedded build system on the target machine. | ||
5150 | A ptest contains at least two items: the actual test, and | ||
5151 | a shell script (<filename>run-ptest</filename>) that starts | ||
5152 | the test. | ||
5153 | The shell script that starts the test must not contain | ||
5154 | the actual test, the script only starts it. | ||
5155 | On the other hand, the test can be anything from a simple | ||
5156 | shell script that runs a binary and checks the output to | ||
5157 | an elaborate system of test binaries and data files. | ||
5158 | </para> | ||
5159 | |||
5160 | <para> | ||
5161 | The test generates output in the format used by | ||
5162 | Automake: | ||
5163 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5164 | <result>: <testname> | ||
5165 | </literallayout> | ||
5166 | where the result can be <filename>PASS</filename>, | ||
5167 | <filename>FAIL</filename>, or <filename>SKIP</filename>, | ||
5168 | and the testname can be any identifying string. | ||
5169 | </para> | ||
5170 | |||
5171 | <note> | ||
5172 | A recipe is "ptest-enabled" if it inherits the | ||
5173 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-ptest'><filename>ptest</filename></ulink> | ||
5174 | class. | ||
5175 | </note> | ||
5176 | |||
5177 | <section id='adding-ptest-to-your-build'> | ||
5178 | <title>Adding ptest to Your Build</title> | ||
5179 | |||
5180 | <para> | ||
5181 | To add package testing to your build, add the | ||
5182 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
5183 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
5184 | variables to your <filename>local.conf</filename> file, | ||
5185 | which is found in the | ||
5186 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
5187 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5188 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " ptest" | ||
5189 | EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "ptest-pkgs" | ||
5190 | </literallayout> | ||
5191 | Once your build is complete, the ptest files are installed | ||
5192 | into the <filename>/usr/lib/<package>/ptest</filename> | ||
5193 | directory within the image, where | ||
5194 | <filename><package></filename> is the name of the | ||
5195 | package. | ||
5196 | </para> | ||
5197 | </section> | ||
5198 | |||
5199 | <section id='running-ptest'> | ||
5200 | <title>Running ptest</title> | ||
5201 | |||
5202 | <para> | ||
5203 | The <filename>ptest-runner</filename> package installs a | ||
5204 | shell script that loops through all installed ptest test | ||
5205 | suites and runs them in sequence. | ||
5206 | Consequently, you might want to add this package to | ||
5207 | your image. | ||
5208 | </para> | ||
5209 | </section> | ||
5210 | |||
5211 | <section id='getting-your-package-ready'> | ||
5212 | <title>Getting Your Package Ready</title> | ||
5213 | |||
5214 | <para> | ||
5215 | In order to enable a recipe to run installed ptests | ||
5216 | on target hardware, | ||
5217 | you need to prepare the recipes that build the packages | ||
5218 | you want to test. | ||
5219 | Here is what you have to do for each recipe: | ||
5220 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5221 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure the recipe | ||
5222 | inherits the | ||
5223 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-ptest'><filename>ptest</filename></ulink> | ||
5224 | class:</emphasis> | ||
5225 | Include the following line in each recipe: | ||
5226 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5227 | inherit ptest | ||
5228 | </literallayout> | ||
5229 | </para></listitem> | ||
5230 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create <filename>run-ptest</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
5231 | This script starts your test. | ||
5232 | Locate the script where you will refer to it | ||
5233 | using | ||
5234 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>. | ||
5235 | Here is an example that starts a test for | ||
5236 | <filename>dbus</filename>: | ||
5237 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5238 | #!/bin/sh | ||
5239 | cd test | ||
5240 | make -k runtest-TESTS | ||
5241 | </literallayout> | ||
5242 | </para></listitem> | ||
5243 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure dependencies are | ||
5244 | met:</emphasis> | ||
5245 | If the test adds build or runtime dependencies | ||
5246 | that normally do not exist for the package | ||
5247 | (such as requiring "make" to run the test suite), | ||
5248 | use the | ||
5249 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
5250 | and | ||
5251 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
5252 | variables in your recipe in order for the package | ||
5253 | to meet the dependencies. | ||
5254 | Here is an example where the package has a runtime | ||
5255 | dependency on "make": | ||
5256 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5257 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-ptest += "make" | ||
5258 | </literallayout> | ||
5259 | </para></listitem> | ||
5260 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Add a function to build the | ||
5261 | test suite:</emphasis> | ||
5262 | Not many packages support cross-compilation of | ||
5263 | their test suites. | ||
5264 | Consequently, you usually need to add a | ||
5265 | cross-compilation function to the package. | ||
5266 | </para> | ||
5267 | <para>Many packages based on Automake compile and | ||
5268 | run the test suite by using a single command | ||
5269 | such as <filename>make check</filename>. | ||
5270 | However, the native <filename>make check</filename> | ||
5271 | builds and runs on the same computer, while | ||
5272 | cross-compiling requires that the package is built | ||
5273 | on the host but executed on the target. | ||
5274 | The built version of Automake that ships with the | ||
5275 | Yocto Project includes a patch that separates | ||
5276 | building and execution. | ||
5277 | Consequently, packages that use the unaltered, | ||
5278 | patched version of <filename>make check</filename> | ||
5279 | automatically cross-compiles.</para> | ||
5280 | <para>However, you still must add a | ||
5281 | <filename>do_compile_ptest</filename> function to | ||
5282 | build the test suite. | ||
5283 | Add a function similar to the following to your | ||
5284 | recipe: | ||
5285 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5286 | do_compile_ptest() { | ||
5287 | oe_runmake buildtest-TESTS | ||
5288 | } | ||
5289 | </literallayout> | ||
5290 | </para></listitem> | ||
5291 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure special configurations | ||
5292 | are set:</emphasis> | ||
5293 | If the package requires special configurations | ||
5294 | prior to compiling the test code, you must | ||
5295 | insert a <filename>do_configure_ptest</filename> | ||
5296 | function into the recipe. | ||
5297 | </para></listitem> | ||
5298 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the test | ||
5299 | suite:</emphasis> | ||
5300 | The <filename>ptest</filename> class | ||
5301 | automatically copies the file | ||
5302 | <filename>run-ptest</filename> to the target and | ||
5303 | then runs make <filename>install-ptest</filename> | ||
5304 | to run the tests. | ||
5305 | If this is not enough, you need to create a | ||
5306 | <filename>do_install_ptest</filename> function and | ||
5307 | make sure it gets called after the | ||
5308 | "make install-ptest" completes. | ||
5309 | </para></listitem> | ||
5310 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5311 | </para> | ||
5312 | </section> | ||
5313 | </section> | ||
5314 | </section> | ||
5315 | |||
5316 | <section id="building-software-from-an-external-source"> | ||
5317 | <title>Building Software from an External Source</title> | ||
5318 | |||
5319 | <para> | ||
5320 | By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the | ||
5321 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> to | ||
5322 | build source code. | ||
5323 | The build process involves fetching the source files, unpacking | ||
5324 | them, and then patching them if necessary before the build takes | ||
5325 | place. | ||
5326 | </para> | ||
5327 | |||
5328 | <para> | ||
5329 | Situations exist where you might want to build software from source | ||
5330 | files that are external to and thus outside of the | ||
5331 | OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
5332 | For example, suppose you have a project that includes a new BSP with | ||
5333 | a heavily customized kernel. | ||
5334 | And, you want to minimize exposing the build system to the | ||
5335 | development team so that they can focus on their project and | ||
5336 | maintain everyone's workflow as much as possible. | ||
5337 | In this case, you want a kernel source directory on the development | ||
5338 | machine where the development occurs. | ||
5339 | You want the recipe's | ||
5340 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
5341 | variable to point to the external directory and use it as is, not | ||
5342 | copy it. | ||
5343 | </para> | ||
5344 | |||
5345 | <para> | ||
5346 | To build from software that comes from an external source, all you | ||
5347 | need to do is inherit the | ||
5348 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-externalsrc'><filename>externalsrc</filename></ulink> | ||
5349 | class and then set the | ||
5350 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink> | ||
5351 | variable to point to your external source code. | ||
5352 | Here are the statements to put in your | ||
5353 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
5354 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5355 | INHERIT += "externalsrc" | ||
5356 | EXTERNALSRC_pn-myrecipe = "/some/path/to/your/source/tree" | ||
5357 | </literallayout> | ||
5358 | </para> | ||
5359 | |||
5360 | <para> | ||
5361 | By default, <filename>externalsrc.bbclass</filename> builds | ||
5362 | the source code in a directory separate from the external source | ||
5363 | directory as specified by | ||
5364 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink>. | ||
5365 | If you need to have the source built in the same directory in | ||
5366 | which it resides, or some other nominated directory, you can set | ||
5367 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC_BUILD'><filename>EXTERNALSRC_BUILD</filename></ulink> | ||
5368 | to point to that directory: | ||
5369 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5370 | EXTERNALSRC_BUILD_pn-myrecipe = "/path/to/my/source/tree" | ||
5371 | </literallayout> | ||
5372 | </para> | ||
5373 | </section> | ||
5374 | |||
5375 | <section id="selecting-an-initialization-manager"> | ||
5376 | <title>Selecting an Initialization Manager</title> | ||
5377 | |||
5378 | <para> | ||
5379 | By default, the Yocto Project uses SysVinit as the initialization | ||
5380 | manager. | ||
5381 | However, support also exists for systemd, | ||
5382 | which is a full replacement for init with | ||
5383 | parallel starting of services, reduced shell overhead and other | ||
5384 | features that are used by many distributions. | ||
5385 | </para> | ||
5386 | |||
5387 | <para> | ||
5388 | If you want to use SysVinit, you do | ||
5389 | not have to do anything. | ||
5390 | But, if you want to use systemd, you must | ||
5391 | take some steps as described in the following sections. | ||
5392 | </para> | ||
5393 | |||
5394 | <section id='using-systemd-exclusively'> | ||
5395 | <title>Using systemd Exclusively</title> | ||
5396 | |||
5397 | <para> | ||
5398 | Set the these variables in your distribution configuration | ||
5399 | file as follows: | ||
5400 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5401 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd" | ||
5402 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd" | ||
5403 | </literallayout> | ||
5404 | You can also prevent the SysVinit | ||
5405 | distribution feature from | ||
5406 | being automatically enabled as follows: | ||
5407 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5408 | DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "sysvinit" | ||
5409 | </literallayout> | ||
5410 | Doing so removes any redundant SysVinit scripts. | ||
5411 | </para> | ||
5412 | |||
5413 | <para> | ||
5414 | To remove initscripts from your image altogether, | ||
5415 | set this variable also: | ||
5416 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5417 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_initscripts = "" | ||
5418 | </literallayout> | ||
5419 | </para> | ||
5420 | |||
5421 | <para> | ||
5422 | For information on the backfill variable, see | ||
5423 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED</filename></ulink>. | ||
5424 | </para> | ||
5425 | </section> | ||
5426 | |||
5427 | <section id='using-systemd-for-the-main-image-and-using-sysvinit-for-the-rescue-image'> | ||
5428 | <title>Using systemd for the Main Image and Using SysVinit for the Rescue Image</title> | ||
5429 | |||
5430 | <para> | ||
5431 | Set the these variables in your distribution configuration | ||
5432 | file as follows: | ||
5433 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5434 | DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd" | ||
5435 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd" | ||
5436 | </literallayout> | ||
5437 | Doing so causes your main image to use the | ||
5438 | <filename>packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename> recipe and | ||
5439 | systemd. | ||
5440 | The rescue/minimal image cannot use this package group. | ||
5441 | However, it can install SysVinit | ||
5442 | and the appropriate packages will have support for both | ||
5443 | systemd and SysVinit. | ||
5444 | </para> | ||
5445 | </section> | ||
5446 | </section> | ||
5447 | |||
5448 | <section id="platdev-appdev-srcrev"> | ||
5449 | <title>Using an External SCM</title> | ||
5450 | |||
5451 | <para> | ||
5452 | If you're working on a recipe that pulls from an external Source | ||
5453 | Code Manager (SCM), it is possible to have the OpenEmbedded build | ||
5454 | system notice new recipe changes added to the SCM and then build | ||
5455 | the resulting packages that depend on the new recipes by using | ||
5456 | the latest versions. | ||
5457 | This only works for SCMs from which it is possible to get a | ||
5458 | sensible revision number for changes. | ||
5459 | Currently, you can do this with Apache Subversion (SVN), Git, and | ||
5460 | Bazaar (BZR) repositories. | ||
5461 | </para> | ||
5462 | |||
5463 | <para> | ||
5464 | To enable this behavior, the | ||
5465 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> | ||
5466 | of the recipe needs to reference | ||
5467 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRCPV'><filename>SRCPV</filename></ulink>. | ||
5468 | Here is an example: | ||
5469 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5470 | PV = "1.2.3+git${SRCPV} | ||
5471 | </literallayout> | ||
5472 | Then, you can add the following to your | ||
5473 | <filename>local.conf</filename>: | ||
5474 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5475 | SRCREV_pn-<PN> = "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5476 | </literallayout> | ||
5477 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink> | ||
5478 | is the name of the recipe for which you want to enable automatic source | ||
5479 | revision updating. | ||
5480 | </para> | ||
5481 | |||
5482 | <para> | ||
5483 | If you do not want to update your local configuration file, you can | ||
5484 | add the following directly to the recipe to finish enabling | ||
5485 | the feature: | ||
5486 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5487 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5488 | </literallayout> | ||
5489 | </para> | ||
5490 | |||
5491 | <para> | ||
5492 | The Yocto Project provides a distribution named | ||
5493 | <filename>poky-bleeding</filename>, whose configuration | ||
5494 | file contains the line: | ||
5495 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5496 | require conf/distro/include/poky-floating-revisions.inc | ||
5497 | </literallayout> | ||
5498 | This line pulls in the listed include file that contains | ||
5499 | numerous lines of exactly that form: | ||
5500 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5501 | SRCREV_pn-gconf-dbus ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5502 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-common ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5503 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-config-gtk ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5504 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-desktop ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5505 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-keyboard ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5506 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-panel ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5507 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-panel-2 ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5508 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-themes-extra ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5509 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-terminal ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5510 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-wm ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5511 | SRCREV_pn-matchbox-wm-2 ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5512 | SRCREV_pn-settings-daemon ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5513 | SRCREV_pn-screenshot ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5514 | SRCREV_pn-libfakekey ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5515 | SRCREV_pn-oprofileui ?= "${AUTOREV}" | ||
5516 | . | ||
5517 | . | ||
5518 | . | ||
5519 | </literallayout> | ||
5520 | These lines allow you to experiment with building a | ||
5521 | distribution that tracks the latest development source | ||
5522 | for numerous packages. | ||
5523 | <note><title>Caution</title> | ||
5524 | The <filename>poky-bleeding</filename> distribution | ||
5525 | is not tested on a regular basis. | ||
5526 | Keep this in mind if you use it. | ||
5527 | </note> | ||
5528 | </para> | ||
5529 | </section> | ||
5530 | |||
5531 | <section id='creating-a-read-only-root-filesystem'> | ||
5532 | <title>Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem</title> | ||
5533 | |||
5534 | <para> | ||
5535 | Suppose, for security reasons, you need to disable | ||
5536 | your target device's root filesystem's write permissions | ||
5537 | (i.e. you need a read-only root filesystem). | ||
5538 | Or, perhaps you are running the device's operating system | ||
5539 | from a read-only storage device. | ||
5540 | For either case, you can customize your image for | ||
5541 | that behavior. | ||
5542 | </para> | ||
5543 | |||
5544 | <note> | ||
5545 | Supporting a read-only root filesystem requires that the system and | ||
5546 | applications do not try to write to the root filesystem. | ||
5547 | You must configure all parts of the target system to write | ||
5548 | elsewhere, or to gracefully fail in the event of attempting to | ||
5549 | write to the root filesystem. | ||
5550 | </note> | ||
5551 | |||
5552 | <section id='creating-the-root-filesystem'> | ||
5553 | <title>Creating the Root Filesystem</title> | ||
5554 | |||
5555 | <para> | ||
5556 | To create the read-only root filesystem, simply add the | ||
5557 | "read-only-rootfs" feature to your image. | ||
5558 | Using either of the following statements in your | ||
5559 | image recipe or from within the | ||
5560 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
5561 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> | ||
5562 | causes the build system to create a read-only root filesystem: | ||
5563 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5564 | IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs" | ||
5565 | </literallayout> | ||
5566 | or | ||
5567 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5568 | EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs" | ||
5569 | </literallayout> | ||
5570 | </para> | ||
5571 | |||
5572 | <para> | ||
5573 | For more information on how to use these variables, see the | ||
5574 | "<link linkend='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></link>" | ||
5575 | section. | ||
5576 | For information on the variables, see | ||
5577 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
5578 | and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>. | ||
5579 | </para> | ||
5580 | </section> | ||
5581 | |||
5582 | <section id='post-installation-scripts'> | ||
5583 | <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title> | ||
5584 | |||
5585 | <para> | ||
5586 | It is very important that you make sure all | ||
5587 | post-Installation (<filename>pkg_postinst</filename>) scripts | ||
5588 | for packages that are installed into the image can be run | ||
5589 | at the time when the root filesystem is created during the | ||
5590 | build on the host system. | ||
5591 | These scripts cannot attempt to run during first-boot on the | ||
5592 | target device. | ||
5593 | With the "read-only-rootfs" feature enabled, | ||
5594 | the build system checks during root filesystem creation to make | ||
5595 | sure all post-installation scripts succeed. | ||
5596 | If any of these scripts still need to be run after the root | ||
5597 | filesystem is created, the build immediately fails. | ||
5598 | These build-time checks ensure that the build fails | ||
5599 | rather than the target device fails later during its | ||
5600 | initial boot operation. | ||
5601 | </para> | ||
5602 | |||
5603 | <para> | ||
5604 | Most of the common post-installation scripts generated by the | ||
5605 | build system for the out-of-the-box Yocto Project are engineered | ||
5606 | so that they can run during root filesystem creation | ||
5607 | (e.g. post-installation scripts for caching fonts). | ||
5608 | However, if you create and add custom scripts, you need | ||
5609 | to be sure they can be run during this file system creation. | ||
5610 | </para> | ||
5611 | |||
5612 | <para> | ||
5613 | Here are some common problems that prevent | ||
5614 | post-installation scripts from running during root filesystem | ||
5615 | creation: | ||
5616 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5617 | <listitem><para> | ||
5618 | <emphasis>Not using $D in front of absolute | ||
5619 | paths:</emphasis> | ||
5620 | The build system defines | ||
5621 | <filename>$</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink> | ||
5622 | when the root filesystem is created. | ||
5623 | Furthermore, <filename>$D</filename> is blank when the | ||
5624 | script is run on the target device. | ||
5625 | This implies two purposes for <filename>$D</filename>: | ||
5626 | ensuring paths are valid in both the host and target | ||
5627 | environments, and checking to determine which | ||
5628 | environment is being used as a method for taking | ||
5629 | appropriate actions. | ||
5630 | </para></listitem> | ||
5631 | <listitem><para> | ||
5632 | <emphasis>Attempting to run processes that are | ||
5633 | specific to or dependent on the target | ||
5634 | architecture:</emphasis> | ||
5635 | You can work around these attempts by using native | ||
5636 | tools to accomplish the same tasks, or | ||
5637 | by alternatively running the processes under QEMU, | ||
5638 | which has the <filename>qemu_run_binary</filename> | ||
5639 | function. | ||
5640 | For more information, see the | ||
5641 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-qemu'><filename>qemu</filename></ulink> | ||
5642 | class.</para></listitem> | ||
5643 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5644 | </para> | ||
5645 | </section> | ||
5646 | |||
5647 | <section id='areas-with-write-access'> | ||
5648 | <title>Areas With Write Access</title> | ||
5649 | |||
5650 | <para> | ||
5651 | With the "read-only-rootfs" feature enabled, | ||
5652 | any attempt by the target to write to the root filesystem at | ||
5653 | runtime fails. | ||
5654 | Consequently, you must make sure that you configure processes | ||
5655 | and applications that attempt these types of writes do so | ||
5656 | to directories with write access (e.g. | ||
5657 | <filename>/tmp</filename> or <filename>/var/run</filename>). | ||
5658 | </para> | ||
5659 | </section> | ||
5660 | </section> | ||
5661 | |||
5662 | <section id="performing-automated-runtime-testing"> | ||
5663 | <title>Performing Automated Runtime Testing</title> | ||
5664 | |||
5665 | <para> | ||
5666 | The OpenEmbedded build system makes available a series of automated | ||
5667 | tests for images to verify runtime functionality. | ||
5668 | You can run these tests on either QEMU or actual target hardware. | ||
5669 | Tests are written in Python making use of the | ||
5670 | <filename>unittest</filename> module, and the majority of them | ||
5671 | run commands on the target system over SSH. | ||
5672 | This section describes how you set up the environment to use these | ||
5673 | tests, run available tests, and write and add your own tests. | ||
5674 | </para> | ||
5675 | |||
5676 | <section id='enabling-tests'> | ||
5677 | <title>Enabling Tests</title> | ||
5678 | |||
5679 | <para> | ||
5680 | Depending on whether you are planning on running tests using | ||
5681 | QEMU or on running them on the hardware, you have to take | ||
5682 | different steps to enable the tests. | ||
5683 | See the following subsections for information on how to | ||
5684 | enable both types of tests. | ||
5685 | </para> | ||
5686 | |||
5687 | <section id='qemu-image-enabling-tests'> | ||
5688 | <title>Enabling Runtime Tests on QEMU</title> | ||
5689 | |||
5690 | <para> | ||
5691 | In order to run tests, you need to do the following: | ||
5692 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5693 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up to avoid interaction | ||
5694 | with <filename>sudo</filename> for networking:</emphasis> | ||
5695 | To accomplish this, you must do one of the | ||
5696 | following: | ||
5697 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5698 | <listitem><para>Add | ||
5699 | <filename>NOPASSWD</filename> for your user | ||
5700 | in <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> either for | ||
5701 | ALL commands or just for | ||
5702 | <filename>runqemu-ifup</filename>. | ||
5703 | You must provide the full path as that can | ||
5704 | change if you are using multiple clones of the | ||
5705 | source repository. | ||
5706 | <note> | ||
5707 | On some distributions, you also need to | ||
5708 | comment out "Defaults requiretty" in | ||
5709 | <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename>. | ||
5710 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
5711 | <listitem><para>Manually configure a tap interface | ||
5712 | for your system.</para></listitem> | ||
5713 | <listitem><para>Run as root the script in | ||
5714 | <filename>scripts/runqemu-gen-tapdevs</filename>, | ||
5715 | which should generate a list of tap devices. | ||
5716 | This is the option typically chosen for | ||
5717 | Autobuilder-type environments. | ||
5718 | </para></listitem> | ||
5719 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
5720 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set the | ||
5721 | <filename>DISPLAY</filename> variable:</emphasis> | ||
5722 | You need to set this variable so that you have an X | ||
5723 | server available (e.g. start | ||
5724 | <filename>vncserver</filename> for a headless machine). | ||
5725 | </para></listitem> | ||
5726 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your host's firewall | ||
5727 | accepts incoming connections from | ||
5728 | 192.168.7.0/24:</emphasis> | ||
5729 | Some of the tests (in particular smart tests) start an | ||
5730 | HTTP server on a random high number port, which is | ||
5731 | used to serve files to the target. | ||
5732 | The smart module serves | ||
5733 | <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm</filename> so it can run | ||
5734 | smart channel commands. That means your host's firewall | ||
5735 | must accept incoming connections from 192.168.7.0/24, | ||
5736 | which is the default IP range used for tap devices | ||
5737 | by <filename>runqemu</filename>.</para></listitem> | ||
5738 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5739 | </para> | ||
5740 | |||
5741 | <para> | ||
5742 | Once you start running the tests, the following happens: | ||
5743 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5744 | <listitem><para>A copy of the root filesystem is written | ||
5745 | to <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage</filename>. | ||
5746 | </para></listitem> | ||
5747 | <listitem><para>The image is booted under QEMU using the | ||
5748 | standard <filename>runqemu</filename> script. | ||
5749 | </para></listitem> | ||
5750 | <listitem><para>A default timeout of 500 seconds occurs | ||
5751 | to allow for the boot process to reach the login prompt. | ||
5752 | You can change the timeout period by setting | ||
5753 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT'><filename>TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT</filename></ulink> | ||
5754 | in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
5755 | </para></listitem> | ||
5756 | <listitem><para>Once the boot process is reached and the | ||
5757 | login prompt appears, the tests run. | ||
5758 | The full boot log is written to | ||
5759 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage/qemu_boot_log</filename>. | ||
5760 | </para></listitem> | ||
5761 | <listitem><para>Each test module loads in the order found | ||
5762 | in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename>. | ||
5763 | You can find the full output of the commands run over | ||
5764 | SSH in | ||
5765 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimgage/ssh_target_log</filename>. | ||
5766 | </para></listitem> | ||
5767 | <listitem><para>If no failures occur, the task running the | ||
5768 | tests ends successfully. | ||
5769 | You can find the output from the | ||
5770 | <filename>unittest</filename> in the task log at | ||
5771 | <filename>${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_testimage</filename>. | ||
5772 | </para></listitem> | ||
5773 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5774 | </para> | ||
5775 | </section> | ||
5776 | |||
5777 | <section id='hardware-image-enabling-tests'> | ||
5778 | <title>Enabling Runtime Tests on Hardware</title> | ||
5779 | |||
5780 | <para> | ||
5781 | The OpenEmbedded build system can run tests on real | ||
5782 | hardware, and for certain devices it can also deploy | ||
5783 | the image to be tested onto the device beforehand. | ||
5784 | </para> | ||
5785 | |||
5786 | <para> | ||
5787 | For automated deployment, a "master image" is installed | ||
5788 | onto the hardware once as part of setup. | ||
5789 | Then, each time tests are to be run, the following | ||
5790 | occurs: | ||
5791 | <orderedlist> | ||
5792 | <listitem><para>The master image is booted into and | ||
5793 | used to write the image to be tested to | ||
5794 | a second partition. | ||
5795 | </para></listitem> | ||
5796 | <listitem><para>The device is then rebooted using an | ||
5797 | external script that you need to provide. | ||
5798 | </para></listitem> | ||
5799 | <listitem><para>The device boots into the image to be | ||
5800 | tested. | ||
5801 | </para></listitem> | ||
5802 | </orderedlist> | ||
5803 | </para> | ||
5804 | |||
5805 | <para> | ||
5806 | When running tests (independent of whether the image | ||
5807 | has been deployed automatically or not), the device is | ||
5808 | expected to be connected to a network on a | ||
5809 | pre-determined IP address. | ||
5810 | You can either use static IP addresses written into | ||
5811 | the image, or set the image to use DHCP and have your | ||
5812 | DHCP server on the test network assign a known IP address | ||
5813 | based on the MAC address of the device. | ||
5814 | </para> | ||
5815 | |||
5816 | <para> | ||
5817 | In order to run tests on hardware, you need to set | ||
5818 | <filename>TEST_TARGET</filename> to an appropriate value. | ||
5819 | For QEMU, you do not have to change anything, the default | ||
5820 | value is "QemuTarget". | ||
5821 | For running tests on hardware, two options exist: | ||
5822 | "SimpleRemoteTarget" and "GummibootTarget". | ||
5823 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5824 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"SimpleRemoteTarget":</emphasis> | ||
5825 | Choose "SimpleRemoteTarget" if you are going to | ||
5826 | run tests on a target system that is already | ||
5827 | running the image to be tested and is available | ||
5828 | on the network. | ||
5829 | You can use "SimpleRemoteTarget" in conjunction | ||
5830 | with either real hardware or an image running | ||
5831 | within a separately started QEMU or any | ||
5832 | other virtual machine manager. | ||
5833 | </para></listitem> | ||
5834 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"GummibootTarget":</emphasis> | ||
5835 | Choose "GummibootTarget" if your hardware is | ||
5836 | an EFI-based machine with | ||
5837 | <filename>gummiboot</filename> as bootloader and | ||
5838 | <filename>core-image-testmaster</filename> | ||
5839 | (or something similar) is installed. | ||
5840 | Also, your hardware under test must be in a | ||
5841 | DHCP-enabled network that gives it the same IP | ||
5842 | address for each reboot.</para> | ||
5843 | <para>If you choose "GummibootTarget", there are | ||
5844 | additional requirements and considerations. | ||
5845 | See the | ||
5846 | "<link linkend='selecting-gummiboottarget'>Selecting GummibootTarget</link>" | ||
5847 | section, which follows, for more information. | ||
5848 | </para></listitem> | ||
5849 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5850 | </para> | ||
5851 | </section> | ||
5852 | |||
5853 | <section id='selecting-gummiboottarget'> | ||
5854 | <title>Selecting GummibootTarget</title> | ||
5855 | |||
5856 | <para> | ||
5857 | If you did not set <filename>TEST_TARGET</filename> to | ||
5858 | "GummibootTarget", then you do not need any information | ||
5859 | in this section. | ||
5860 | You can skip down to the | ||
5861 | "<link linkend='qemu-image-running-tests'>Running Tests</link>" | ||
5862 | section. | ||
5863 | </para> | ||
5864 | |||
5865 | <para> | ||
5866 | If you did set <filename>TEST_TARGET</filename> to | ||
5867 | "GummibootTarget", you also need to perform a one-time | ||
5868 | setup of your master image by doing the following: | ||
5869 | <orderedlist> | ||
5870 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set <filename>EFI_PROVIDER</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
5871 | Be sure that <filename>EFI_PROVIDER</filename> | ||
5872 | is as follows: | ||
5873 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5874 | EFI_PROVIDER = "gummiboot" | ||
5875 | </literallayout> | ||
5876 | </para></listitem> | ||
5877 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the master image:</emphasis> | ||
5878 | Build the <filename>core-image-testmaster</filename> | ||
5879 | image. | ||
5880 | The <filename>core-image-testmaster</filename> | ||
5881 | recipe is provided as an example for a | ||
5882 | "master" image and you can customize the image | ||
5883 | recipe as you would any other recipe. | ||
5884 | </para> | ||
5885 | <para>Here are the image recipe requirements: | ||
5886 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5887 | <listitem><para>Inherits | ||
5888 | <filename>core-image</filename> | ||
5889 | so that kernel modules are installed. | ||
5890 | </para></listitem> | ||
5891 | <listitem><para>Installs normal linux utilities | ||
5892 | not busybox ones (e.g. | ||
5893 | <filename>bash</filename>, | ||
5894 | <filename>coreutils</filename>, | ||
5895 | <filename>tar</filename>, | ||
5896 | <filename>gzip</filename>, and | ||
5897 | <filename>kmod</filename>). | ||
5898 | </para></listitem> | ||
5899 | <listitem><para>Uses a custom | ||
5900 | initramfs image with a custom installer. | ||
5901 | A normal image that you can install usually | ||
5902 | creates a single rootfs partition. | ||
5903 | This image uses another installer that | ||
5904 | creates a specific partition layout. | ||
5905 | Not all Board Support Packages (BSPs) | ||
5906 | can use an installer. | ||
5907 | For such cases, you need to manually create | ||
5908 | the following partition layout on the | ||
5909 | target: | ||
5910 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5911 | <listitem><para>First partition mounted | ||
5912 | under <filename>/boot</filename>, | ||
5913 | labeled "boot". | ||
5914 | </para></listitem> | ||
5915 | <listitem><para>The main rootfs | ||
5916 | partition where this image gets | ||
5917 | installed, which is mounted under | ||
5918 | <filename>/</filename>. | ||
5919 | </para></listitem> | ||
5920 | <listitem><para>Another partition | ||
5921 | labeled "testrootfs" where test | ||
5922 | images get deployed. | ||
5923 | </para></listitem> | ||
5924 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5925 | </para></listitem> | ||
5926 | </itemizedlist> | ||
5927 | </para></listitem> | ||
5928 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Install image:</emphasis> | ||
5929 | Install the image that you just built on the target | ||
5930 | system. | ||
5931 | </para></listitem> | ||
5932 | </orderedlist> | ||
5933 | </para> | ||
5934 | |||
5935 | <para> | ||
5936 | The final thing you need to do when setting | ||
5937 | <filename>TEST_TARGET</filename> to "GummibootTarget" is | ||
5938 | to set up the test image: | ||
5939 | <orderedlist> | ||
5940 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your <filename>local.conf</filename> file:</emphasis> | ||
5941 | Make sure you have the following statements in | ||
5942 | your <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
5943 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5944 | IMAGE_FSTYPES += "tar.gz" | ||
5945 | INHERIT += "testimage" | ||
5946 | TEST_TARGET = "GummibootTarget" | ||
5947 | TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.2.3" | ||
5948 | </literallayout> | ||
5949 | </para></listitem> | ||
5950 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build your test image:</emphasis> | ||
5951 | Use BitBake to build the image: | ||
5952 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5953 | $ bitbake core-image-sato | ||
5954 | </literallayout> | ||
5955 | </para></listitem> | ||
5956 | </orderedlist> | ||
5957 | </para> | ||
5958 | |||
5959 | <para> | ||
5960 | Here is some additional information regarding running | ||
5961 | "GummibootTarget" as your test target: | ||
5962 | <itemizedlist> | ||
5963 | <listitem><para> | ||
5964 | You can use | ||
5965 | <filename>TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD</filename> | ||
5966 | together with | ||
5967 | <filename>TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS</filename> | ||
5968 | as a command that runs on the host and does power | ||
5969 | cycling. | ||
5970 | The test code passes one argument to that command: | ||
5971 | off, on or cycle (off then on). | ||
5972 | Here is an example that could appear in your | ||
5973 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
5974 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5975 | TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD = "powercontrol.exp test 10.11.12.1 nuc1" | ||
5976 | </literallayout> | ||
5977 | In this example, the expect script does the | ||
5978 | following: | ||
5979 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
5980 | ssh test@10.11.12.1 "pyctl nuc1 <arg>" | ||
5981 | </literallayout> | ||
5982 | It then runs a Python script that controls power | ||
5983 | for a label called <filename>nuc1</filename>. | ||
5984 | <note> | ||
5985 | You need to customize | ||
5986 | <filename>TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD</filename> | ||
5987 | and | ||
5988 | <filename>TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS</filename> | ||
5989 | for your own setup. | ||
5990 | The one requirement is that it accepts | ||
5991 | "on", "off", and "cycle" as the last argument. | ||
5992 | </note> | ||
5993 | </para></listitem> | ||
5994 | <listitem><para> | ||
5995 | When no command is defined, it connects to the | ||
5996 | device over SSH and uses the classic reboot command | ||
5997 | to reboot the device. | ||
5998 | Classic reboot is fine as long as the machine | ||
5999 | actually reboots (i.e. the SSH test has not | ||
6000 | failed). | ||
6001 | It is useful for scenarios where you have a simple | ||
6002 | setup, typically with a single board, and where | ||
6003 | some manual interaction is okay from time to time. | ||
6004 | </para></listitem> | ||
6005 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6006 | </para> | ||
6007 | </section> | ||
6008 | </section> | ||
6009 | |||
6010 | <section id="qemu-image-running-tests"> | ||
6011 | <title>Running Tests</title> | ||
6012 | |||
6013 | <para> | ||
6014 | You can start the tests automatically or manually: | ||
6015 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6016 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Automatically running tests:</emphasis> | ||
6017 | To run the tests automatically after the | ||
6018 | OpenEmbedded build system successfully creates an image, | ||
6019 | first set the | ||
6020 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_IMAGE'><filename>TEST_IMAGE</filename></ulink> | ||
6021 | variable to "1" in your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
6022 | file in the | ||
6023 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>: | ||
6024 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6025 | TEST_IMAGE = "1" | ||
6026 | </literallayout> | ||
6027 | Next, build your image. | ||
6028 | If the image successfully builds, the tests will be | ||
6029 | run: | ||
6030 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6031 | bitbake core-image-sato | ||
6032 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
6033 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Manually running tests:</emphasis> | ||
6034 | To manually run the tests, first globally inherit the | ||
6035 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-testimage'><filename>testimage</filename></ulink> | ||
6036 | class by editing your <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
6037 | file: | ||
6038 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6039 | INHERIT += "testimage" | ||
6040 | </literallayout> | ||
6041 | Next, use BitBake to run the tests: | ||
6042 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6043 | bitbake -c testimage <image> | ||
6044 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
6045 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6046 | </para> | ||
6047 | |||
6048 | <para> | ||
6049 | All test files reside in | ||
6050 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> in the | ||
6051 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>. | ||
6052 | A test name maps directly to a Python module. | ||
6053 | Each test module may contain a number of individual tests. | ||
6054 | Tests are usually grouped together by the area | ||
6055 | tested (e.g tests for systemd reside in | ||
6056 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/systemd.py</filename>). | ||
6057 | </para> | ||
6058 | |||
6059 | <para> | ||
6060 | You can add tests to any layer provided you place them in the | ||
6061 | proper area and you extend | ||
6062 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
6063 | in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file as normal. | ||
6064 | Be sure that tests reside in | ||
6065 | <filename><layer>/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>. | ||
6066 | <note> | ||
6067 | Be sure that module names do not collide with module names | ||
6068 | used in the default set of test modules in | ||
6069 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>. | ||
6070 | </note> | ||
6071 | </para> | ||
6072 | |||
6073 | <para> | ||
6074 | You can change the set of tests run by appending or overriding | ||
6075 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_SUITES'><filename>TEST_SUITES</filename></ulink> | ||
6076 | variable in <filename>local.conf</filename>. | ||
6077 | Each name in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> represents a | ||
6078 | required test for the image. | ||
6079 | Test modules named within <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> | ||
6080 | cannot be skipped even if a test is not suitable for an image | ||
6081 | (e.g. running the RPM tests on an image without | ||
6082 | <filename>rpm</filename>). | ||
6083 | Appending "auto" to <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> causes the | ||
6084 | build system to try to run all tests that are suitable for the | ||
6085 | image (i.e. each test module may elect to skip itself). | ||
6086 | </para> | ||
6087 | |||
6088 | <para> | ||
6089 | The order you list tests in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> | ||
6090 | is important and influences test dependencies. | ||
6091 | Consequently, tests that depend on other tests should be added | ||
6092 | after the test on which they depend. | ||
6093 | For example, since the <filename>ssh</filename> test | ||
6094 | depends on the | ||
6095 | <filename>ping</filename> test, "ssh" needs to come after | ||
6096 | "ping" in the list. | ||
6097 | The test class provides no re-ordering or dependency handling. | ||
6098 | <note> | ||
6099 | Each module can have multiple classes with multiple test | ||
6100 | methods. | ||
6101 | And, Python <filename>unittest</filename> rules apply. | ||
6102 | </note> | ||
6103 | </para> | ||
6104 | |||
6105 | <para> | ||
6106 | Here are some things to keep in mind when running tests: | ||
6107 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6108 | <listitem><para>The default tests for the image are defined | ||
6109 | as: | ||
6110 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6111 | DEFAULT_TEST_SUITES_pn-<image> = "ping ssh df connman syslog xorg scp vnc date rpm smart dmesg" | ||
6112 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
6113 | <listitem><para>Add your own test to the list of the | ||
6114 | by using the following: | ||
6115 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6116 | TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" | ||
6117 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
6118 | <listitem><para>Run a specific list of tests as follows: | ||
6119 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6120 | TEST_SUITES = "test1 test2 test3" | ||
6121 | </literallayout> | ||
6122 | Remember, order is important. | ||
6123 | Be sure to place a test that is dependent on another test | ||
6124 | later in the order.</para></listitem> | ||
6125 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6126 | </para> | ||
6127 | </section> | ||
6128 | |||
6129 | <section id="exporting-tests"> | ||
6130 | <title>Exporting Tests</title> | ||
6131 | |||
6132 | <para> | ||
6133 | You can export tests so that they can run independently of | ||
6134 | the build system. | ||
6135 | Exporting tests is required if you want to be able to hand | ||
6136 | the test execution off to a scheduler. | ||
6137 | You can only export tests that are defined in | ||
6138 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_SUITES'><filename>TEST_SUITES</filename></ulink>. | ||
6139 | </para> | ||
6140 | |||
6141 | <para> | ||
6142 | If you image is already built, make sure the following are set | ||
6143 | in your <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
6144 | Be sure to provide the IP address you need: | ||
6145 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6146 | TEST_EXPORT_ONLY = "1" | ||
6147 | TEST_TARGET = "simpleremote" | ||
6148 | TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.7.2" | ||
6149 | TEST_SERVER_IP = "192.168.7.1" | ||
6150 | </literallayout> | ||
6151 | You can then export the tests with the following: | ||
6152 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6153 | $ bitbake core-image-sato -c testimage | ||
6154 | </literallayout> | ||
6155 | Exporting the tests places them in the | ||
6156 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in | ||
6157 | <filename>tmp/testimage/core-image-sato</filename>, which | ||
6158 | is controlled by the | ||
6159 | <filename>TEST_EXPORT_DIR</filename> variable. | ||
6160 | </para> | ||
6161 | |||
6162 | <para> | ||
6163 | The exported data (i.e. <filename>testdata.json</filename>) | ||
6164 | contains paths to the Build Directory. | ||
6165 | Thus, the contents of the directory can be moved | ||
6166 | to another machine as long as you update some paths in the | ||
6167 | JSON. | ||
6168 | Usually you only care about the | ||
6169 | ${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm directory (assuming the RPM and Smart tests | ||
6170 | are enabled). | ||
6171 | Consequently, running the tests on other machine | ||
6172 | means that you have to move the contents and call | ||
6173 | <filename>runexported</filename> with "--deploy-dir PATH: | ||
6174 | ./runexported.py --deploy-dir /new/path/on/this/machine testdata.json | ||
6175 | runexported.py accepts other arguments as well, see --help. | ||
6176 | </para> | ||
6177 | |||
6178 | <para> | ||
6179 | You can now run the tests outside of the build environment: | ||
6180 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6181 | $ cd tmp/testimage/core-image-sato | ||
6182 | $ ./runexported.py testdata.json | ||
6183 | </literallayout> | ||
6184 | <note> | ||
6185 | This "export" feature does not deploy or boot the target | ||
6186 | image. | ||
6187 | Your target (be it a Qemu or hardware one) | ||
6188 | has to already be up and running when you call | ||
6189 | <filename>runexported.py</filename> | ||
6190 | </note> | ||
6191 | </para> | ||
6192 | </section> | ||
6193 | |||
6194 | <section id="qemu-image-writing-new-tests"> | ||
6195 | <title>Writing New Tests</title> | ||
6196 | |||
6197 | <para> | ||
6198 | As mentioned previously, all new test files need to be in the | ||
6199 | proper place for the build system to find them. | ||
6200 | New tests for additional functionality outside of the core | ||
6201 | should be added to the layer that adds the functionality, in | ||
6202 | <filename><layer>/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> (as | ||
6203 | long as | ||
6204 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink> | ||
6205 | is extended in the layer's | ||
6206 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as normal). | ||
6207 | Just remember that filenames need to map directly to test | ||
6208 | (module) names and that you do not use module names that | ||
6209 | collide with existing core tests. | ||
6210 | </para> | ||
6211 | |||
6212 | <para> | ||
6213 | To create a new test, start by copying an existing module | ||
6214 | (e.g. <filename>syslog.py</filename> or | ||
6215 | <filename>gcc.py</filename> are good ones to use). | ||
6216 | Test modules can use code from | ||
6217 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/utils</filename>, which are helper | ||
6218 | classes. | ||
6219 | </para> | ||
6220 | |||
6221 | <note> | ||
6222 | Structure shell commands such that you rely on them and they | ||
6223 | return a single code for success. | ||
6224 | Be aware that sometimes you will need to parse the output. | ||
6225 | See the <filename>df.py</filename> and | ||
6226 | <filename>date.py</filename> modules for examples. | ||
6227 | </note> | ||
6228 | |||
6229 | <para> | ||
6230 | You will notice that all test classes inherit | ||
6231 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest</filename>, which is found in | ||
6232 | <filename>meta/lib/oetest.py</filename>. | ||
6233 | This base class offers some helper attributes, which are | ||
6234 | described in the following sections: | ||
6235 | </para> | ||
6236 | |||
6237 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-methods'> | ||
6238 | <title>Class Methods</title> | ||
6239 | |||
6240 | <para> | ||
6241 | Class methods are as follows: | ||
6242 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6243 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasPackage(pkg)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6244 | Returns "True" if <filename>pkg</filename> is in the | ||
6245 | installed package list of the image, which is based | ||
6246 | on the manifest file that is generated during the | ||
6247 | <filename>do.rootfs</filename> task. | ||
6248 | </para></listitem> | ||
6249 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasFeature(feature)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6250 | Returns "True" if the feature is in | ||
6251 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink> | ||
6252 | or | ||
6253 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink>. | ||
6254 | </para></listitem> | ||
6255 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6256 | </para> | ||
6257 | </section> | ||
6258 | |||
6259 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-attributes'> | ||
6260 | <title>Class Attributes</title> | ||
6261 | |||
6262 | <para> | ||
6263 | Class attributes are as follows: | ||
6264 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6265 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>pscmd</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6266 | Equals "ps -ef" if <filename>procps</filename> is | ||
6267 | installed in the image. | ||
6268 | Otherwise, <filename>pscmd</filename> equals | ||
6269 | "ps" (busybox). | ||
6270 | </para></listitem> | ||
6271 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>tc</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6272 | The called text context, which gives access to the | ||
6273 | following attributes: | ||
6274 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6275 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>d</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6276 | The BitBake datastore, which allows you to | ||
6277 | use stuff such as | ||
6278 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.d.getVar("VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager")</filename>. | ||
6279 | </para></listitem> | ||
6280 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>testslist</filename> and <filename>testsrequired</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6281 | Used internally. | ||
6282 | The tests do not need these. | ||
6283 | </para></listitem> | ||
6284 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>filesdir</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6285 | The absolute path to | ||
6286 | <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/files</filename>, | ||
6287 | which contains helper files for tests meant | ||
6288 | for copying on the target such as small | ||
6289 | files written in C for compilation. | ||
6290 | </para></listitem> | ||
6291 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>target</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6292 | The target controller object used to deploy | ||
6293 | and start an image on a particular target | ||
6294 | (e.g. QemuTarget, SimpleRemote, and | ||
6295 | GummibootTarget). | ||
6296 | Tests usually use the following: | ||
6297 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6298 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>ip</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6299 | The target's IP address. | ||
6300 | </para></listitem> | ||
6301 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>server_ip</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6302 | The host's IP address, which is | ||
6303 | usually used by the "smart" test | ||
6304 | suite. | ||
6305 | </para></listitem> | ||
6306 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>run(cmd, timeout=None)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6307 | The single, most used method. | ||
6308 | This command is a wrapper for: | ||
6309 | <filename>ssh root@host "cmd"</filename>. | ||
6310 | The command returns a tuple: | ||
6311 | (status, output), which are what | ||
6312 | their names imply - the return code | ||
6313 | of 'cmd' and whatever output | ||
6314 | it produces. | ||
6315 | The optional timeout argument | ||
6316 | represents the number of seconds the | ||
6317 | test should wait for 'cmd' to | ||
6318 | return. | ||
6319 | If the argument is "None", the | ||
6320 | test uses the default instance's | ||
6321 | timeout period, which is 300 | ||
6322 | seconds. | ||
6323 | If the argument is "0", the test | ||
6324 | runs until the command returns. | ||
6325 | </para></listitem> | ||
6326 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_to(localpath, remotepath)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6327 | <filename>scp localpath root@ip:remotepath</filename>. | ||
6328 | </para></listitem> | ||
6329 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_from(remotepath, localpath)</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6330 | <filename>scp root@host:remotepath localpath</filename>. | ||
6331 | </para></listitem> | ||
6332 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
6333 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
6334 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6335 | </para> | ||
6336 | </section> | ||
6337 | |||
6338 | <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-instance-attributes'> | ||
6339 | <title>Instance Attributes</title> | ||
6340 | |||
6341 | <para> | ||
6342 | A single instance attribute exists, which is | ||
6343 | <filename>target</filename>. | ||
6344 | The <filename>target</filename> instance attribute is | ||
6345 | identical to the class attribute of the same name, which | ||
6346 | is described in the previous section. | ||
6347 | This attribute exists as both an instance and class | ||
6348 | attribute so tests can use | ||
6349 | <filename>self.target.run(cmd)</filename> in instance | ||
6350 | methods instead of | ||
6351 | <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.target.run(cmd)</filename>. | ||
6352 | </para> | ||
6353 | </section> | ||
6354 | </section> | ||
6355 | </section> | ||
6356 | |||
6357 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug"> | ||
6358 | <title>Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely</title> | ||
6359 | |||
6360 | <para> | ||
6361 | GDB allows you to examine running programs, which in turn helps you to understand and fix problems. | ||
6362 | It also allows you to perform post-mortem style analysis of program crashes. | ||
6363 | GDB is available as a package within the Yocto Project and is | ||
6364 | installed in SDK images by default. | ||
6365 | See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" chapter | ||
6366 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a description of these images. | ||
6367 | You can find information on GDB at <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/"/>. | ||
6368 | </para> | ||
6369 | |||
6370 | <tip> | ||
6371 | For best results, install DBG (<filename>-dbg</filename>) packages | ||
6372 | for the applications you are going to debug. | ||
6373 | Doing so makes extra debug symbols available that give you more | ||
6374 | meaningful output. | ||
6375 | </tip> | ||
6376 | |||
6377 | <para> | ||
6378 | Sometimes, due to memory or disk space constraints, it is not possible | ||
6379 | to use GDB directly on the remote target to debug applications. | ||
6380 | These constraints arise because GDB needs to load the debugging information and the | ||
6381 | binaries of the process being debugged. | ||
6382 | Additionally, GDB needs to perform many computations to locate information such as function | ||
6383 | names, variable names and values, stack traces and so forth - even before starting the | ||
6384 | debugging process. | ||
6385 | These extra computations place more load on the target system and can alter the | ||
6386 | characteristics of the program being debugged. | ||
6387 | </para> | ||
6388 | |||
6389 | <para> | ||
6390 | To help get past the previously mentioned constraints, you can use Gdbserver. | ||
6391 | Gdbserver runs on the remote target and does not load any debugging information | ||
6392 | from the debugged process. | ||
6393 | Instead, a GDB instance processes the debugging information that is run on a | ||
6394 | remote computer - the host GDB. | ||
6395 | The host GDB then sends control commands to Gdbserver to make it stop or start the debugged | ||
6396 | program, as well as read or write memory regions of that debugged program. | ||
6397 | All the debugging information loaded and processed as well | ||
6398 | as all the heavy debugging is done by the host GDB. | ||
6399 | Offloading these processes gives the Gdbserver running on the target a chance to remain | ||
6400 | small and fast. | ||
6401 | </para> | ||
6402 | |||
6403 | <para> | ||
6404 | Because the host GDB is responsible for loading the debugging information and | ||
6405 | for doing the necessary processing to make actual debugging happen, the | ||
6406 | user has to make sure the host can access the unstripped binaries complete | ||
6407 | with their debugging information and also be sure the target is compiled with no optimizations. | ||
6408 | The host GDB must also have local access to all the libraries used by the | ||
6409 | debugged program. | ||
6410 | Because Gdbserver does not need any local debugging information, the binaries on | ||
6411 | the remote target can remain stripped. | ||
6412 | However, the binaries must also be compiled without optimization | ||
6413 | so they match the host's binaries. | ||
6414 | </para> | ||
6415 | |||
6416 | <para> | ||
6417 | To remain consistent with GDB documentation and terminology, the binary being debugged | ||
6418 | on the remote target machine is referred to as the "inferior" binary. | ||
6419 | For documentation on GDB see the | ||
6420 | <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/documentation/">GDB site</ulink>. | ||
6421 | </para> | ||
6422 | |||
6423 | <para> | ||
6424 | The remainder of this section describes the steps you need to take | ||
6425 | to debug using the GNU project debugger. | ||
6426 | </para> | ||
6427 | |||
6428 | <section id='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-setup'> | ||
6429 | <title>Set Up the Cross-Development Debugging Environment</title> | ||
6430 | |||
6431 | <para> | ||
6432 | Before you can initiate a remote debugging session, you need | ||
6433 | to be sure you have set up the cross-development environment, | ||
6434 | toolchain, and sysroot. | ||
6435 | The "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#adt-prepare'>Preparing for Application Development</ulink>" | ||
6436 | chapter of the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide | ||
6437 | describes this process. | ||
6438 | Be sure you have read that chapter and have set up | ||
6439 | your environment. | ||
6440 | </para> | ||
6441 | </section> | ||
6442 | |||
6443 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdbserver"> | ||
6444 | <title>Launch Gdbserver on the Target</title> | ||
6445 | |||
6446 | <para> | ||
6447 | Make sure Gdbserver is installed on the target. | ||
6448 | If it is not, install the package | ||
6449 | <filename>gdbserver</filename>, which needs the | ||
6450 | <filename>libthread-db1</filename> package. | ||
6451 | </para> | ||
6452 | |||
6453 | <para> | ||
6454 | Here is an example that when entered from the host | ||
6455 | connects to the target and launches Gdbserver in order to | ||
6456 | "debug" a binary named <filename>helloworld</filename>: | ||
6457 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6458 | $ gdbserver localhost:2345 /usr/bin/helloworld | ||
6459 | </literallayout> | ||
6460 | Gdbserver should now be listening on port 2345 for debugging | ||
6461 | commands coming from a remote GDB process that is running on | ||
6462 | the host computer. | ||
6463 | Communication between Gdbserver and the host GDB are done | ||
6464 | using TCP. | ||
6465 | To use other communication protocols, please refer to the | ||
6466 | <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/'>Gdbserver documentation</ulink>. | ||
6467 | </para> | ||
6468 | </section> | ||
6469 | |||
6470 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb"> | ||
6471 | <title>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</title> | ||
6472 | |||
6473 | <para> | ||
6474 | Running GDB on the host computer takes a number of stages, which | ||
6475 | this section describes. | ||
6476 | </para> | ||
6477 | |||
6478 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-buildcross"> | ||
6479 | <title>Build the Cross-GDB Package</title> | ||
6480 | <para> | ||
6481 | A suitable GDB cross-binary is required that runs on your | ||
6482 | host computer but also knows about the the ABI of the | ||
6483 | remote target. | ||
6484 | You can get this binary from the | ||
6485 | <link linkend='cross-development-toolchain'>Cross-Development Toolchain</link>. | ||
6486 | Here is an example where the toolchain has been installed | ||
6487 | in the default directory | ||
6488 | <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>: | ||
6489 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6490 | /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/sysroots/i686-pokysdk-linux/usr/bin/armv7a-vfp-neon-poky-linux-gnueabi/arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gdb | ||
6491 | </literallayout> | ||
6492 | where <filename>arm</filename> is the target architecture | ||
6493 | and <filename>linux-gnueabi</filename> is the target ABI. | ||
6494 | </para> | ||
6495 | |||
6496 | <para> | ||
6497 | Alternatively, you can use BitBake to build the | ||
6498 | <filename>gdb-cross</filename> binary. | ||
6499 | Here is an example: | ||
6500 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6501 | $ bitbake gdb-cross | ||
6502 | </literallayout> | ||
6503 | Once the binary is built, you can find it here: | ||
6504 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6505 | tmp/sysroots/<host-arch>/usr/bin/<target-platform>/<target-abi>-gdb | ||
6506 | </literallayout> | ||
6507 | </para> | ||
6508 | </section> | ||
6509 | |||
6510 | <section id='create-the-gdb-initialization-file'> | ||
6511 | <title>Create the GDB Initialization File and Point to Your Root Filesystem</title> | ||
6512 | |||
6513 | <para> | ||
6514 | Aside from the GDB cross-binary, you also need a GDB | ||
6515 | initialization file in the same top directory in which | ||
6516 | your binary resides. | ||
6517 | When you start GDB on your host development system, GDB | ||
6518 | finds this initialization file and executes all the | ||
6519 | commands within. | ||
6520 | For information on the <filename>.gdbinit</filename>, see | ||
6521 | "<ulink url='http://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/'>Debugging with GDB</ulink>", | ||
6522 | which is maintained by | ||
6523 | <ulink url='http://www.sourceware.org'>sourceware.org</ulink>. | ||
6524 | </para> | ||
6525 | |||
6526 | <para> | ||
6527 | You need to add a statement in the | ||
6528 | <filename>.gdbinit</filename> file that points to your | ||
6529 | root filesystem. | ||
6530 | Here is an example that points to the root filesystem for | ||
6531 | an ARM-based target device: | ||
6532 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6533 | set sysroot /home/jzhang/sysroot_arm | ||
6534 | </literallayout> | ||
6535 | </para> | ||
6536 | </section> | ||
6537 | |||
6538 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-launchhost"> | ||
6539 | <title>Launch the Host GDB</title> | ||
6540 | |||
6541 | <para> | ||
6542 | Before launching the host GDB, you need to be sure | ||
6543 | you have sourced the cross-debugging environment script, | ||
6544 | which if you installed the root filesystem in the default | ||
6545 | location is at <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
6546 | and begins with the string "environment-setup". | ||
6547 | For more information, see the | ||
6548 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#setting-up-the-cross-development-environment'>Setting Up the Cross-Development Environment</ulink>" | ||
6549 | section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's | ||
6550 | Guide. | ||
6551 | </para> | ||
6552 | |||
6553 | <para> | ||
6554 | Finally, switch to the directory where the binary resides | ||
6555 | and run the <filename>cross-gdb</filename> binary. | ||
6556 | Provide the binary file you are going to debug. | ||
6557 | For example, the following command continues with the | ||
6558 | example used in the previous section by loading | ||
6559 | the <filename>helloworld</filename> binary as well as the | ||
6560 | debugging information: | ||
6561 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6562 | $ arm-poky-linux-gnuabi-gdb helloworld | ||
6563 | </literallayout> | ||
6564 | The commands in your <filename>.gdbinit</filename> execute | ||
6565 | and the GDB prompt appears. | ||
6566 | </para> | ||
6567 | </section> | ||
6568 | </section> | ||
6569 | |||
6570 | <section id='platdev-gdb-connect-to-the-remote-gdb-server'> | ||
6571 | <title>Connect to the Remote GDB Server</title> | ||
6572 | |||
6573 | <para> | ||
6574 | From the target, you need to connect to the remote GDB | ||
6575 | server that is running on the host. | ||
6576 | You need to specify the remote host and port. | ||
6577 | Here is the command continuing with the example: | ||
6578 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6579 | target remote 192.168.7.2:2345 | ||
6580 | </literallayout> | ||
6581 | </para> | ||
6582 | </section> | ||
6583 | |||
6584 | <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-using"> | ||
6585 | <title>Use the Debugger</title> | ||
6586 | |||
6587 | <para> | ||
6588 | You can now proceed with debugging as normal - as if you were debugging | ||
6589 | on the local machine. | ||
6590 | For example, to instruct GDB to break in the "main" function and then | ||
6591 | continue with execution of the inferior binary use the following commands | ||
6592 | from within GDB: | ||
6593 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6594 | (gdb) break main | ||
6595 | (gdb) continue | ||
6596 | </literallayout> | ||
6597 | </para> | ||
6598 | |||
6599 | <para> | ||
6600 | For more information about using GDB, see the project's online documentation at | ||
6601 | <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/download/onlinedocs/"/>. | ||
6602 | </para> | ||
6603 | </section> | ||
6604 | </section> | ||
6605 | |||
6606 | <section id="examining-builds-using-toaster"> | ||
6607 | <title>Examining Builds Using the Toaster API</title> | ||
6608 | |||
6609 | <para> | ||
6610 | Toaster is an Application Programming Interface (API) and | ||
6611 | web-based interface to the OpenEmbedded build system, which uses | ||
6612 | BitBake. | ||
6613 | Both interfaces are based on a Representational State Transfer | ||
6614 | (REST) API that queries for and returns build information using | ||
6615 | <filename>GET</filename> and <filename>JSON</filename>. | ||
6616 | These types of search operations retrieve sets of objects from | ||
6617 | a datastore used to collect build information. | ||
6618 | The results contain all the data for the objects being returned. | ||
6619 | You can order the results of the search by key and the search | ||
6620 | parameters are consistent for all object types. | ||
6621 | </para> | ||
6622 | |||
6623 | <para> | ||
6624 | Using the interfaces you can do the following: | ||
6625 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6626 | <listitem><para>See information about the tasks executed | ||
6627 | and reused during the build.</para></listitem> | ||
6628 | <listitem><para>See what is built (recipes and | ||
6629 | packages) and what packages were installed into the final | ||
6630 | image.</para></listitem> | ||
6631 | <listitem><para>See performance-related information such | ||
6632 | as build time, CPU usage, and disk I/O.</para></listitem> | ||
6633 | <listitem><para>Examine error, warning and trace messages | ||
6634 | to aid in debugging.</para></listitem> | ||
6635 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6636 | </para> | ||
6637 | |||
6638 | <note> | ||
6639 | <para>This release of Toaster provides you with information | ||
6640 | about a BitBake run. | ||
6641 | The tool does not allow you to configure and launch a build. | ||
6642 | However, future development includes plans to integrate the | ||
6643 | configuration and build launching capabilities of | ||
6644 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink>. | ||
6645 | </para> | ||
6646 | <para>For more information on using Hob to build an image, | ||
6647 | see the | ||
6648 | "<link linkend='image-development-using-hob'>Image Development Using Hob</link>" | ||
6649 | section.</para> | ||
6650 | </note> | ||
6651 | |||
6652 | <para> | ||
6653 | The remainder of this section describes what you need to have in | ||
6654 | place to use Toaster, how to start it, use it, and stop it. | ||
6655 | For additional information on installing and running Toaster, see the | ||
6656 | "<ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/Toaster#Installation_and_Running'>Installation and Running</ulink>" | ||
6657 | section of the "Toaster" wiki page. | ||
6658 | For complete information on the API and its search operation | ||
6659 | URI, parameters, and responses, see the | ||
6660 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/REST_API_Contracts'>REST API Contracts</ulink> | ||
6661 | Wiki page. | ||
6662 | </para> | ||
6663 | |||
6664 | <section id='starting-toaster'> | ||
6665 | <title>Starting Toaster</title> | ||
6666 | |||
6667 | <para> | ||
6668 | Getting set up to use and start Toaster is simple. | ||
6669 | First, be sure you have met the following requirements: | ||
6670 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6671 | <listitem><para>You have set up your | ||
6672 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
6673 | by cloning the upstream <filename>poky</filename> | ||
6674 | repository. | ||
6675 | See the | ||
6676 | <link linkend='local-yp-release'>Yocto Project Release</link> | ||
6677 | item for information on how to set up the Source | ||
6678 | Directory.</para></listitem> | ||
6679 | <listitem><para>Be sure your build machine has | ||
6680 | <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Django_%28web_framework%29'>Django</ulink> | ||
6681 | version 1.5 installed.</para></listitem> | ||
6682 | <listitem><para>Make sure that port 8000 and 8200 are | ||
6683 | free (i.e. they have no servers on them). | ||
6684 | </para></listitem> | ||
6685 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6686 | </para> | ||
6687 | |||
6688 | <para> | ||
6689 | Once you have met the requirements, follow these steps to | ||
6690 | start Toaster running in the background of your shell: | ||
6691 | <orderedlist> | ||
6692 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your build environment:</emphasis> | ||
6693 | Source a build environment script (i.e. | ||
6694 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink> | ||
6695 | or | ||
6696 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>). | ||
6697 | </para></listitem> | ||
6698 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Start Toaster:</emphasis> | ||
6699 | Start the Toaster service using this | ||
6700 | command from within your | ||
6701 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
6702 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6703 | $ source toaster start | ||
6704 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
6705 | <note> | ||
6706 | The Toaster must be started and running in order | ||
6707 | for it to collect data. | ||
6708 | </note> | ||
6709 | </orderedlist> | ||
6710 | </para> | ||
6711 | |||
6712 | <para> | ||
6713 | When Toaster starts, it creates some additional files in your | ||
6714 | Build Directory. | ||
6715 | Deleting these files will cause you to lose data or interrupt | ||
6716 | Toaster: | ||
6717 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6718 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster.sqlite</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6719 | Toaster's database file.</para></listitem> | ||
6720 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_web.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6721 | The log file of the web server.</para></listitem> | ||
6722 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_ui.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6723 | The log file of the user interface component. | ||
6724 | </para></listitem> | ||
6725 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toastermain.pid</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6726 | The PID of the web server.</para></listitem> | ||
6727 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toasterui.pid</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6728 | The PID of the DSI data bridge.</para></listitem> | ||
6729 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>bitbake-cookerdaemon.log</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
6730 | The BitBake server's log file.</para></listitem> | ||
6731 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6732 | </para> | ||
6733 | </section> | ||
6734 | |||
6735 | <section id='using-toaster'> | ||
6736 | <title>Using Toaster</title> | ||
6737 | |||
6738 | <para> | ||
6739 | Once Toaster is running, it logs information for any BitBake | ||
6740 | run from your Build Directory. | ||
6741 | This logging is automatic. | ||
6742 | All you need to do is access and use the information. | ||
6743 | </para> | ||
6744 | |||
6745 | <para> | ||
6746 | You access the information one of two ways: | ||
6747 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6748 | <listitem><para>Open a Browser and enter | ||
6749 | <filename>http://localhost:8000</filename> | ||
6750 | for the URL. | ||
6751 | </para></listitem> | ||
6752 | <listitem><para>Use the <filename>xdg-open</filename> | ||
6753 | tool from the shell and pass it the same URL. | ||
6754 | </para></listitem> | ||
6755 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6756 | Either method opens the home page for the Toaster interface. | ||
6757 | </para> | ||
6758 | |||
6759 | <note><title>Notes</title> | ||
6760 | <para> | ||
6761 | For information on how to delete information from the Toaster | ||
6762 | database, see the | ||
6763 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/Toaster#Deleting_a_Build_from_the_Toaster_Database'>Deleting a Build from the Toaster Database</ulink> | ||
6764 | wiki page. | ||
6765 | </para> | ||
6766 | |||
6767 | <para> | ||
6768 | For information on how to set up an instance of Toaster on | ||
6769 | a remote host, see the | ||
6770 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/Toaster#Setting_up_a_Toaster_Instance_on_a_Remote_Host'>Setting Up a Toaster Instance on a Remote Host</ulink> | ||
6771 | wiki page. | ||
6772 | </para> | ||
6773 | </note> | ||
6774 | </section> | ||
6775 | |||
6776 | <section id='examining-toaster-data'> | ||
6777 | <title>Examining Toaster Data</title> | ||
6778 | |||
6779 | <para> | ||
6780 | The Toaster database is persistent regardless of whether you | ||
6781 | start or stop the service. | ||
6782 | </para> | ||
6783 | |||
6784 | <para> | ||
6785 | Toaster's interface shows you a list of builds | ||
6786 | (successful and unsuccessful) for which it has data. | ||
6787 | You can click on any build to see related information. | ||
6788 | This information includes configuration details, information | ||
6789 | about tasks, all recipes and packages built and their | ||
6790 | dependencies, packages and their directory structure as | ||
6791 | installed in your final image, | ||
6792 | execution time, CPU usage and disk I/O per task. | ||
6793 | </para> | ||
6794 | |||
6795 | <para> | ||
6796 | For details on the interface, see the | ||
6797 | <ulink url='https://www.yoctoproject.org/documentation/toaster-manual'>Toaster Manual</ulink>. | ||
6798 | </para> | ||
6799 | </section> | ||
6800 | |||
6801 | <section id='stopping-toaster'> | ||
6802 | <title>Stopping Toaster</title> | ||
6803 | |||
6804 | <para> | ||
6805 | Stop the Toaster service with the following command | ||
6806 | from with the | ||
6807 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
6808 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6809 | $ source toaster stop | ||
6810 | </literallayout> | ||
6811 | The service stops but the Toaster database remains persistent. | ||
6812 | </para> | ||
6813 | </section> | ||
6814 | </section> | ||
6815 | |||
6816 | <section id="platdev-oprofile"> | ||
6817 | <title>Profiling with OProfile</title> | ||
6818 | |||
6819 | <para> | ||
6820 | <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/">OProfile</ulink> is a | ||
6821 | statistical profiler well suited for finding performance | ||
6822 | bottlenecks in both user-space software and in the kernel. | ||
6823 | This profiler provides answers to questions like "Which functions does my application spend | ||
6824 | the most time in when doing X?" | ||
6825 | Because the OpenEmbedded build system is well integrated with OProfile, it makes profiling | ||
6826 | applications on target hardware straight forward. | ||
6827 | <note> | ||
6828 | For more information on how to set up and run OProfile, see the | ||
6829 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#profile-manual-oprofile'>oprofile</ulink>" | ||
6830 | section in the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual. | ||
6831 | </note> | ||
6832 | </para> | ||
6833 | |||
6834 | <para> | ||
6835 | To use OProfile, you need an image that has OProfile installed. | ||
6836 | The easiest way to do this is with "tools-profile" in the | ||
6837 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'>IMAGE_FEATURES</ulink></filename> variable. | ||
6838 | You also need debugging symbols to be available on the system where the analysis | ||
6839 | takes place. | ||
6840 | You can gain access to the symbols by using "dbg-pkgs" in the | ||
6841 | <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable or by | ||
6842 | installing the appropriate DBG (<filename>-dbg</filename>) packages. | ||
6843 | </para> | ||
6844 | |||
6845 | <para> | ||
6846 | For successful call graph analysis, the binaries must preserve the frame | ||
6847 | pointer register and should also be compiled with the | ||
6848 | <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> flag. | ||
6849 | You can achieve this by setting the | ||
6850 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION'>SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION</ulink></filename> | ||
6851 | variable with the following options: | ||
6852 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6853 | -fexpensive-optimizations | ||
6854 | -fno-omit-framepointer | ||
6855 | -frename-registers | ||
6856 | -O2 | ||
6857 | </literallayout> | ||
6858 | You can also achieve it by setting the | ||
6859 | <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEBUG_BUILD'>DEBUG_BUILD</ulink></filename> | ||
6860 | variable to "1" in the <filename>local.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
6861 | If you use the <filename>DEBUG_BUILD</filename> variable, | ||
6862 | you also add extra debugging information that can make the debug | ||
6863 | packages large. | ||
6864 | </para> | ||
6865 | |||
6866 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-target"> | ||
6867 | <title>Profiling on the Target</title> | ||
6868 | |||
6869 | <para> | ||
6870 | Using OProfile, you can perform all the profiling work on the target device. | ||
6871 | A simple OProfile session might look like the following: | ||
6872 | </para> | ||
6873 | |||
6874 | <para> | ||
6875 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
6876 | # opcontrol --reset | ||
6877 | # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5 | ||
6878 | . | ||
6879 | . | ||
6880 | [do whatever is being profiled] | ||
6881 | . | ||
6882 | . | ||
6883 | # opcontrol --stop | ||
6884 | $ opreport -cl | ||
6885 | </literallayout> | ||
6886 | </para> | ||
6887 | |||
6888 | <para> | ||
6889 | In this example, the <filename>reset</filename> command clears any previously profiled data. | ||
6890 | The next command starts OProfile. | ||
6891 | The options used when starting the profiler separate dynamic library data | ||
6892 | within applications, disable kernel profiling, and enable callgraphing up to | ||
6893 | five levels deep. | ||
6894 | <note> | ||
6895 | To profile the kernel, you would specify the | ||
6896 | <filename>--vmlinux=/path/to/vmlinux</filename> option. | ||
6897 | The <filename>vmlinux</filename> file is usually in the source directory in the | ||
6898 | <filename>/boot/</filename> directory and must match the running kernel. | ||
6899 | </note> | ||
6900 | </para> | ||
6901 | |||
6902 | <para> | ||
6903 | After you perform your profiling tasks, the next command stops the profiler. | ||
6904 | After that, you can view results with the <filename>opreport</filename> command with options | ||
6905 | to see the separate library symbols and callgraph information. | ||
6906 | </para> | ||
6907 | |||
6908 | <para> | ||
6909 | Callgraphing logs information about time spent in functions and about a function's | ||
6910 | calling function (parent) and called functions (children). | ||
6911 | The higher the callgraphing depth, the more accurate the results. | ||
6912 | However, higher depths also increase the logging overhead. | ||
6913 | Consequently, you should take care when setting the callgraphing depth. | ||
6914 | <note> | ||
6915 | On ARM, binaries need to have the frame pointer enabled for callgraphing to work. | ||
6916 | To accomplish this use the <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> option | ||
6917 | with <filename>gcc</filename>. | ||
6918 | </note> | ||
6919 | </para> | ||
6920 | |||
6921 | <para> | ||
6922 | For more information on using OProfile, see the OProfile | ||
6923 | online documentation at | ||
6924 | <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/docs/"/>. | ||
6925 | </para> | ||
6926 | </section> | ||
6927 | |||
6928 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui"> | ||
6929 | <title>Using OProfileUI</title> | ||
6930 | |||
6931 | <para> | ||
6932 | A graphical user interface for OProfile is also available. | ||
6933 | You can download and build this interface from the Yocto Project at | ||
6934 | <ulink url="&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/"></ulink>. | ||
6935 | If the "tools-profile" image feature is selected, all necessary binaries | ||
6936 | are installed onto the target device for OProfileUI interaction. | ||
6937 | For a list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project, | ||
6938 | see the | ||
6939 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-features-image'>Image Features</ulink>" | ||
6940 | section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. | ||
6941 | </para> | ||
6942 | |||
6943 | <para> | ||
6944 | Even though the source directory usually includes all needed patches on the target device, you | ||
6945 | might find you need other OProfile patches for recent OProfileUI features. | ||
6946 | If so, see the <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/tree/README'> | ||
6947 | OProfileUI README</ulink> for the most recent information. | ||
6948 | </para> | ||
6949 | |||
6950 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-online"> | ||
6951 | <title>Online Mode</title> | ||
6952 | |||
6953 | <para> | ||
6954 | Using OProfile in online mode assumes a working network connection with the target | ||
6955 | hardware. | ||
6956 | With this connection, you just need to run "oprofile-server" on the device. | ||
6957 | By default, OProfile listens on port 4224. | ||
6958 | <note> | ||
6959 | You can change the port using the <filename>--port</filename> command-line | ||
6960 | option. | ||
6961 | </note> | ||
6962 | </para> | ||
6963 | |||
6964 | <para> | ||
6965 | The client program is called <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> and its UI is relatively | ||
6966 | straight forward. | ||
6967 | You access key functionality through the buttons on the toolbar, which | ||
6968 | are duplicated in the menus. | ||
6969 | Here are the buttons: | ||
6970 | <itemizedlist> | ||
6971 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Connect:</emphasis> Connects to the remote host. | ||
6972 | You can also supply the IP address or hostname.</para></listitem> | ||
6973 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Disconnect:</emphasis> Disconnects from the target. | ||
6974 | </para></listitem> | ||
6975 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Start:</emphasis> Starts profiling on the device. | ||
6976 | </para></listitem> | ||
6977 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Stop:</emphasis> Stops profiling on the device and | ||
6978 | downloads the data to the local host. | ||
6979 | Stopping the profiler generates the profile and displays it in the viewer. | ||
6980 | </para></listitem> | ||
6981 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Download:</emphasis> Downloads the data from the | ||
6982 | target and generates the profile, which appears in the viewer.</para></listitem> | ||
6983 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Reset:</emphasis> Resets the sample data on the device. | ||
6984 | Resetting the data removes sample information collected from previous | ||
6985 | sampling runs. | ||
6986 | Be sure you reset the data if you do not want to include old sample information. | ||
6987 | </para></listitem> | ||
6988 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Save:</emphasis> Saves the data downloaded from the | ||
6989 | target to another directory for later examination.</para></listitem> | ||
6990 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Open:</emphasis> Loads previously saved data. | ||
6991 | </para></listitem> | ||
6992 | </itemizedlist> | ||
6993 | </para> | ||
6994 | |||
6995 | <para> | ||
6996 | The client downloads the complete profile archive from | ||
6997 | the target to the host for processing. | ||
6998 | This archive is a directory that contains the sample data, the object files, | ||
6999 | and the debug information for the object files. | ||
7000 | The archive is then converted using the <filename>oparchconv</filename> script, which is | ||
7001 | included in this distribution. | ||
7002 | The script uses <filename>opimport</filename> to convert the archive from | ||
7003 | the target to something that can be processed on the host. | ||
7004 | </para> | ||
7005 | |||
7006 | <para> | ||
7007 | Downloaded archives reside in the | ||
7008 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in | ||
7009 | <filename>tmp</filename> and are cleared up when they are no longer in use. | ||
7010 | </para> | ||
7011 | |||
7012 | <para> | ||
7013 | If you wish to perform kernel profiling, you need to be sure | ||
7014 | a <filename>vmlinux</filename> file that matches the running kernel is available. | ||
7015 | In the source directory, that file is usually located in | ||
7016 | <filename>/boot/vmlinux-KERNELVERSION</filename>, where | ||
7017 | <filename>KERNEL-version</filename> is the version of the kernel. | ||
7018 | The OpenEmbedded build system generates separate <filename>vmlinux</filename> | ||
7019 | packages for each kernel it builds. | ||
7020 | Thus, it should just be a question of making sure a matching package is | ||
7021 | installed (e.g. <filename>opkg install kernel-vmlinux</filename>). | ||
7022 | The files are automatically installed into development and profiling images | ||
7023 | alongside OProfile. | ||
7024 | A configuration option exists within the OProfileUI settings page that you can use to | ||
7025 | enter the location of the <filename>vmlinux</filename> file. | ||
7026 | </para> | ||
7027 | |||
7028 | <para> | ||
7029 | Waiting for debug symbols to transfer from the device can be slow, and it | ||
7030 | is not always necessary to actually have them on the device for OProfile use. | ||
7031 | All that is needed is a copy of the filesystem with the debug symbols present | ||
7032 | on the viewer system. | ||
7033 | The "<link linkend='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb'>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</link>" | ||
7034 | section covers how to create such a directory within | ||
7035 | the source directory and how to use the OProfileUI Settings | ||
7036 | Dialog to specify the location. | ||
7037 | If you specify the directory, it will be used when the file checksums | ||
7038 | match those on the system you are profiling. | ||
7039 | </para> | ||
7040 | </section> | ||
7041 | |||
7042 | <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-offline"> | ||
7043 | <title>Offline Mode</title> | ||
7044 | |||
7045 | <para> | ||
7046 | If network access to the target is unavailable, you can generate | ||
7047 | an archive for processing in <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> as follows: | ||
7048 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7049 | # opcontrol --reset | ||
7050 | # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5 | ||
7051 | . | ||
7052 | . | ||
7053 | [do whatever is being profiled] | ||
7054 | . | ||
7055 | . | ||
7056 | # opcontrol --stop | ||
7057 | # oparchive -o my_archive | ||
7058 | </literallayout> | ||
7059 | </para> | ||
7060 | |||
7061 | <para> | ||
7062 | In the above example, <filename>my_archive</filename> is the name of the | ||
7063 | archive directory where you would like the profile archive to be kept. | ||
7064 | After the directory is created, you can copy it to another host and load it | ||
7065 | using <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> open functionality. | ||
7066 | If necessary, the archive is converted. | ||
7067 | </para> | ||
7068 | </section> | ||
7069 | </section> | ||
7070 | </section> | ||
7071 | |||
7072 | <section id='maintaining-open-source-license-compliance-during-your-products-lifecycle'> | ||
7073 | <title>Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle</title> | ||
7074 | |||
7075 | <para> | ||
7076 | One of the concerns for a development organization using open source | ||
7077 | software is how to maintain compliance with various open source | ||
7078 | licensing during the lifecycle of the product. | ||
7079 | While this section does not provide legal advice or | ||
7080 | comprehensively cover all scenarios, it does | ||
7081 | present methods that you can use to | ||
7082 | assist you in meeting the compliance requirements during a software | ||
7083 | release. | ||
7084 | </para> | ||
7085 | |||
7086 | <para> | ||
7087 | With hundreds of different open source licenses that the Yocto | ||
7088 | Project tracks, it is difficult to know the requirements of each | ||
7089 | and every license. | ||
7090 | However, the requirements of the major FLOSS licenses can begin | ||
7091 | to be covered by | ||
7092 | assuming that three main areas of concern exist: | ||
7093 | <itemizedlist> | ||
7094 | <listitem><para>Source code must be provided.</para></listitem> | ||
7095 | <listitem><para>License text for the software must be | ||
7096 | provided.</para></listitem> | ||
7097 | <listitem><para>Compilation scripts and modifications to the | ||
7098 | source code must be provided. | ||
7099 | </para></listitem> | ||
7100 | </itemizedlist> | ||
7101 | There are other requirements beyond the scope of these | ||
7102 | three and the methods described in this section | ||
7103 | (e.g. the mechanism through which source code is distributed). | ||
7104 | </para> | ||
7105 | |||
7106 | <para> | ||
7107 | As different organizations have different methods of complying with | ||
7108 | open source licensing, this section is not meant to imply that | ||
7109 | there is only one single way to meet your compliance obligations, | ||
7110 | but rather to describe one method of achieving compliance. | ||
7111 | The remainder of this section describes methods supported to meet the | ||
7112 | previously mentioned three requirements. | ||
7113 | Once you take steps to meet these requirements, | ||
7114 | and prior to releasing images, sources, and the build system, | ||
7115 | you should audit all artifacts to ensure completeness. | ||
7116 | <note> | ||
7117 | The Yocto Project generates a license manifest during | ||
7118 | image creation that is located | ||
7119 | in <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/licenses/<image_name-datestamp></filename> | ||
7120 | to assist with any audits. | ||
7121 | </note> | ||
7122 | </para> | ||
7123 | |||
7124 | <section id='providing-the-source-code'> | ||
7125 | <title>Providing the Source Code</title> | ||
7126 | |||
7127 | <para> | ||
7128 | Compliance activities should begin before you generate the | ||
7129 | final image. | ||
7130 | The first thing you should look at is the requirement that | ||
7131 | tops the list for most compliance groups - providing | ||
7132 | the source. | ||
7133 | The Yocto Project has a few ways of meeting this | ||
7134 | requirement. | ||
7135 | </para> | ||
7136 | |||
7137 | <para> | ||
7138 | One of the easiest ways to meet this requirement is | ||
7139 | to provide the entire | ||
7140 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></ulink> | ||
7141 | used by the build. | ||
7142 | This method, however, has a few issues. | ||
7143 | The most obvious is the size of the directory since it includes | ||
7144 | all sources used in the build and not just the source used in | ||
7145 | the released image. | ||
7146 | It will include toolchain source, and other artifacts, which | ||
7147 | you would not generally release. | ||
7148 | However, the more serious issue for most companies is accidental | ||
7149 | release of proprietary software. | ||
7150 | The Yocto Project provides an | ||
7151 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-archiver'><filename>archiver</filename></ulink> | ||
7152 | class to help avoid some of these concerns. | ||
7153 | </para> | ||
7154 | |||
7155 | <para> | ||
7156 | Before you employ <filename>DL_DIR</filename> or the | ||
7157 | archiver class, you need to decide how you choose to | ||
7158 | provide source. | ||
7159 | The source archiver class can generate tarballs and SRPMs | ||
7160 | and can create them with various levels of compliance in mind. | ||
7161 | </para> | ||
7162 | |||
7163 | <para> | ||
7164 | One way of doing this (but certainly not the only way) is to | ||
7165 | release just the source as a tarball. | ||
7166 | You can do this by adding the following to the | ||
7167 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the | ||
7168 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>: | ||
7169 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7170 | INHERIT += "archiver" | ||
7171 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" | ||
7172 | </literallayout> | ||
7173 | During the creation of your image, the source from all | ||
7174 | recipes that deploy packages to the image is placed within | ||
7175 | subdirectories of | ||
7176 | <filename>DEPLOY_DIR/sources</filename> based on the | ||
7177 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink> | ||
7178 | for each recipe. | ||
7179 | Releasing the entire directory enables you to comply with | ||
7180 | requirements concerning providing the unmodified source. | ||
7181 | It is important to note that the size of the directory can | ||
7182 | get large. | ||
7183 | </para> | ||
7184 | |||
7185 | <para> | ||
7186 | A way to help mitigate the size issue is to only release | ||
7187 | tarballs for licenses that require the release of | ||
7188 | source. | ||
7189 | Let us assume you are only concerned with GPL code as | ||
7190 | identified with the following: | ||
7191 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7192 | $ cd poky/build/tmp/deploy/sources | ||
7193 | $ mkdir ~/gpl_source_release | ||
7194 | $ for dir in */*GPL*; do cp -r $dir ~/gpl_source_release; done | ||
7195 | </literallayout> | ||
7196 | At this point, you could create a tarball from the | ||
7197 | <filename>gpl_source_release</filename> directory and | ||
7198 | provide that to the end user. | ||
7199 | This method would be a step toward achieving compliance | ||
7200 | with section 3a of GPLv2 and with section 6 of GPLv3. | ||
7201 | </para> | ||
7202 | </section> | ||
7203 | |||
7204 | <section id='providing-license-text'> | ||
7205 | <title>Providing License Text</title> | ||
7206 | |||
7207 | <para> | ||
7208 | One requirement that is often overlooked is inclusion | ||
7209 | of license text. | ||
7210 | This requirement also needs to be dealt with prior to | ||
7211 | generating the final image. | ||
7212 | Some licenses require the license text to accompany | ||
7213 | the binary. | ||
7214 | You can achieve this by adding the following to your | ||
7215 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
7216 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7217 | COPY_LIC_MANIFEST = "1" | ||
7218 | COPY_LIC_DIRS = "1" | ||
7219 | </literallayout> | ||
7220 | Adding these statements to the configuration file ensures | ||
7221 | that the licenses collected during package generation | ||
7222 | are included on your image. | ||
7223 | As the source archiver has already archived the original | ||
7224 | unmodified source that contains the license files, | ||
7225 | you would have already met the requirements for inclusion | ||
7226 | of the license information with source as defined by the GPL | ||
7227 | and other open source licenses. | ||
7228 | </para> | ||
7229 | </section> | ||
7230 | |||
7231 | <section id='providing-compilation-scripts-and-source-code-modifications'> | ||
7232 | <title>Providing Compilation Scripts and Source Code Modifications</title> | ||
7233 | |||
7234 | <para> | ||
7235 | At this point, we have addressed all we need to address | ||
7236 | prior to generating the image. | ||
7237 | The next two requirements are addressed during the final | ||
7238 | packaging of the release. | ||
7239 | </para> | ||
7240 | |||
7241 | <para> | ||
7242 | By releasing the version of the OpenEmbedded build system | ||
7243 | and the layers used during the build, you will be providing both | ||
7244 | compilation scripts and the source code modifications in one | ||
7245 | step. | ||
7246 | </para> | ||
7247 | |||
7248 | <para> | ||
7249 | If the deployment team has a | ||
7250 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP layer</ulink> | ||
7251 | and a distro layer, and those those layers are used to patch, | ||
7252 | compile, package, or modify (in any way) any open source | ||
7253 | software included in your released images, you | ||
7254 | might be required to to release those layers under section 3 of | ||
7255 | GPLv2 or section 1 of GPLv3. | ||
7256 | One way of doing that is with a clean | ||
7257 | checkout of the version of the Yocto Project and layers used | ||
7258 | during your build. | ||
7259 | Here is an example: | ||
7260 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7261 | # We built using the &DISTRO_NAME; branch of the poky repo | ||
7262 | $ git clone -b &DISTRO_NAME; git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky | ||
7263 | $ cd poky | ||
7264 | # We built using the release_branch for our layers | ||
7265 | $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-bsp-layer | ||
7266 | $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-software-layer | ||
7267 | # clean up the .git repos | ||
7268 | $ find . -name ".git" -type d -exec rm -rf {} \; | ||
7269 | </literallayout> | ||
7270 | One thing a development organization might want to consider | ||
7271 | for end-user convenience is to modify | ||
7272 | <filename>meta-yocto/conf/bblayers.conf.sample</filename> to | ||
7273 | ensure that when the end user utilizes the released build | ||
7274 | system to build an image, the development organization's | ||
7275 | layers are included in the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> | ||
7276 | file automatically: | ||
7277 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7278 | # LAYER_CONF_VERSION is increased each time build/conf/bblayers.conf | ||
7279 | # changes incompatibly | ||
7280 | LCONF_VERSION = "6" | ||
7281 | |||
7282 | BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}" | ||
7283 | BBFILES ?= "" | ||
7284 | |||
7285 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
7286 | ##OEROOT##/meta \ | ||
7287 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \ | ||
7288 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
7289 | ##OEROOT##/meta-mylayer \ | ||
7290 | " | ||
7291 | |||
7292 | BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \ | ||
7293 | ##OEROOT##/meta \ | ||
7294 | ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \ | ||
7295 | " | ||
7296 | </literallayout> | ||
7297 | Creating and providing an archive of the | ||
7298 | <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> layers | ||
7299 | (recipes, configuration files, and so forth) | ||
7300 | enables you to meet your | ||
7301 | requirements to include the scripts to control compilation | ||
7302 | as well as any modifications to the original source. | ||
7303 | </para> | ||
7304 | </section> | ||
7305 | </section> | ||
7306 | |||
7307 | <section id='using-the-error-reporting-tool'> | ||
7308 | <title>Using the Error Reporting Tool</title> | ||
7309 | |||
7310 | <para> | ||
7311 | The error reporting tool allows you to | ||
7312 | submit errors encountered during builds to a central database. | ||
7313 | Outside of the build environment, you can use a web interface to | ||
7314 | browse errors, view statistics, and query for errors. | ||
7315 | The tool works using a client-server system where the client | ||
7316 | portion is integrated with the installed Yocto Project | ||
7317 | <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> | ||
7318 | (e.g. <filename>poky</filename>). | ||
7319 | The server receives the information collected and saves it in a | ||
7320 | database. | ||
7321 | </para> | ||
7322 | |||
7323 | <para> | ||
7324 | A live instance of the error reporting server exists at | ||
7325 | <ulink url='http://errors.yoctoproject.org'></ulink>. | ||
7326 | This server exists so that when you want to get help with | ||
7327 | build failures, you can submit all of the information on the | ||
7328 | failure easily and then point to the URL in your bug report | ||
7329 | or send an email to the mailing list. | ||
7330 | <note> | ||
7331 | If you send error reports to this server, the reports become | ||
7332 | publicly visible. | ||
7333 | </note> | ||
7334 | </para> | ||
7335 | |||
7336 | <section id='enabling-and-using-the-tool'> | ||
7337 | <title>Enabling and Using the Tool</title> | ||
7338 | |||
7339 | <para> | ||
7340 | By default, the error reporting tool is disabled. | ||
7341 | You can enable it by inheriting the | ||
7342 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-report-error'><filename>report-error</filename></ulink> | ||
7343 | class by adding the following statement to the end of | ||
7344 | your <filename>local.conf</filename> file in your | ||
7345 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
7346 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7347 | INHERIT += "report-error" | ||
7348 | </literallayout> | ||
7349 | </para> | ||
7350 | |||
7351 | <para> | ||
7352 | By default, the error reporting feature stores information in | ||
7353 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LOG_DIR'><filename>LOG_DIR</filename></ulink><filename>}/error-report</filename>. | ||
7354 | However, you can specify a directory to use by adding the following | ||
7355 | to your <filename>local.conf</filename> file: | ||
7356 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7357 | ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" | ||
7358 | </literallayout> | ||
7359 | Enabling error reporting causes the build process to collect | ||
7360 | the errors and store them in a file as previously described. | ||
7361 | When the build system encounters an error, it includes a command | ||
7362 | as part of the console output. | ||
7363 | You can run the command to send the error file to the server. | ||
7364 | For example, the following command sends the errors to an upstream | ||
7365 | server: | ||
7366 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7367 | send-error-report /home/brandusa/project/poky/build/tmp/log/error-report/error_report_201403141617.txt [server] | ||
7368 | </literallayout> | ||
7369 | In the above example, the <filename>server</filename> parameter is | ||
7370 | optional. | ||
7371 | By default, the errors are sent to a database used by the entire | ||
7372 | community. | ||
7373 | If you specify a particular server, you can send them to a different | ||
7374 | database. | ||
7375 | </para> | ||
7376 | |||
7377 | <para> | ||
7378 | When sending the error file, you receive a link that corresponds | ||
7379 | to your entry in the database. | ||
7380 | For example, here is a typical link: | ||
7381 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7382 | http://localhost:8000/Errors/Search/1/158 | ||
7383 | </literallayout> | ||
7384 | Following the link takes you to a web interface where you can | ||
7385 | browse, query the errors, and view statistics. | ||
7386 | </para> | ||
7387 | </section> | ||
7388 | |||
7389 | <section id='disabling-the-tool'> | ||
7390 | <title>Disabling the Tool</title> | ||
7391 | |||
7392 | <para> | ||
7393 | To disable the error reporting feature, simply remove or comment | ||
7394 | out the following statement from the end of your | ||
7395 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file in your | ||
7396 | <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>. | ||
7397 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
7398 | INHERIT += "report-error" | ||
7399 | </literallayout> | ||
7400 | </para> | ||
7401 | </section> | ||
7402 | |||
7403 | <section id='setting-up-your-own-error-reporting-server'> | ||
7404 | <title>Setting Up Your Own Error Reporting Server</title> | ||
7405 | |||
7406 | <para> | ||
7407 | If you want to set up your own error reporting server, you | ||
7408 | can obtain the code from the Git repository at | ||
7409 | <ulink url='http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/error-report-web/'></ulink>. | ||
7410 | Instructions on how to set it up are in the README document. | ||
7411 | </para> | ||
7412 | </section> | ||
7413 | </section> | ||
7414 | </chapter> | ||
7415 | |||
7416 | <!-- | ||
7417 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | ||
7418 | --> | ||